{"title":"Plant Stands for Indoor \u0026 Outdoor Spaces","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"collection-copy collection-copy--plant-stands\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoose a Plant Stand That Fits Your Space\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA well-chosen plant stand raises greenery to a more useful viewing height, keeps several pots organised and helps turn an unused wall or corner into a considered display. Our complete range covers compact single-pot holders, multi-tier shelves, corner units and taller statement designs for Australian homes, balconies and sheltered outdoor areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCompare Plant Stand Collections\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCollection\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBest suited to\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat to check\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/indoor-plant-stand\"\u003eIndoor plant stands\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLiving rooms, bedrooms and offices\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFloor protection, pot diameter and shelf clearance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/outdoor-plant-stand\"\u003eOutdoor plant stands\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBalconies, patios and sheltered garden areas\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish, exposure, drainage and stability\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/wooden-plant-stand\"\u003eWooden plant stands\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarm, natural-looking displays\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTimber or bamboo finish and moisture protection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/metal-plant-stand\"\u003eMetal plant stands\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSlim, modern or industrial arrangements\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFrame construction, coating and load capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/tall-plant-stand\"\u003eTall plant stands\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVertical displays and multiple pots\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall height, weight distribution and anti-tip guidance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/corner-plant-stand\"\u003eCorner plant stands\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnused corners and compact rooms\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFootprint, wall clearance and tier depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStart with practical measurements rather than appearance alone. Record the available floor area, the diameter of each pot and its approximate weight after watering. For multi-level designs, also compare the usable shelf depth and the clearance between tiers so that leaves have room to grow.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eMatch the Design to Your Plants\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA single-pot stand works well when you want to elevate one feature plant or keep a pot clear of the floor. Tiered units make better use of vertical space and can hold a mixed display of small and medium pots. Wider ladder, half-moon and tree-shaped frames create a larger focal point, while narrow or corner formats are easier to position in apartments, entryways and compact rooms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the dimensions and stated load capacity on the individual product page before ordering. Product photographs are useful for styling ideas, but they should not replace measurements—especially when matching large ceramic pots or arranging several watered plants on one frame.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWood, Bamboo, Metal and Mixed Materials\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWood and bamboo bring warmth and a furniture-like finish to living areas. They should generally be protected from standing water, prolonged rain and harsh sun unless the product instructions state otherwise. Pot saucers or waterproof liners help protect both the stand and the floor beneath it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMetal frames often provide a slimmer profile and suit modern or industrial interiors. Their suitability for outdoor use depends on the coating, joints and care instructions rather than the material name alone. Designs with MDF, particleboard or mixed-material shelves are normally best kept indoors or in dry, sheltered locations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eIndoor, Balcony and Patio Placement\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor indoor displays, allow enough room around doors, curtains, heating outlets and regular walkways. Use floor protection beneath pots and clean up water promptly. On balconies and patios, consider wind, drainage, uneven surfaces and any relevant strata requirements. A stand described for outdoor use may still need shelter from persistent rain, salt exposure or extreme sun.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTall and narrow designs deserve extra attention to stability. Keep heavier pots on lower tiers where practical, follow the supplied assembly instructions and use anti-tip hardware whenever it is provided or recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003ePlant Stand Care and Safety\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlace the stand on a firm, level surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStay within the stated shelf and total load limits.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistribute weight evenly and avoid overloading upper tiers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck screws and connections after assembly and periodically during use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep climbable displays away from unsupervised children and pets.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFollow the product-specific cleaning and weather-protection guidance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003ePlant Stand FAQs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I choose the correct plant stand size?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMeasure the pot base, watered weight and available floor area. Then compare them with the usable shelf dimensions, total stand footprint and stated load capacity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan an indoor plant stand be used outside?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnly when the individual product page describes it as suitable for the intended outdoor conditions. Sheltered use may still be required, especially for wood, bamboo, MDF and mixed-material products.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre tall plant stands safe around children and pets?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTall stands require stable placement, sensible weight distribution and any supplied anti-tip hardware. They should not be treated as climbable furniture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShould heavy pots go on the top shelf?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHeavy pots are generally better positioned on lower tiers to reduce the centre of gravity, subject to the shelf dimensions and load limits stated for the product.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"white-boxwood-modern-minimalist-garden-plant-shelf","title":"2 Tier Bamboo Plant Stand, White Modern Minimalist Garden Plant Shelf","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/00749888-f4af-4e1a-8470-5b00b2d6727c.jpg?v=1779059093\" alt=\"2 Tier Bamboo Plant Stand, White Modern Minimalist Garden Plant Shelf – 2 inch\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/ad7f97fa-49f2-435e-b10d-32f2bfd5b855.jpg?v=1779059093\" alt=\"2 Tier Bamboo Plant Stand, White Modern Minimalist Garden Plant Shelf – 2 inch, view 14\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/ab2df063-1458-4d0a-be16-77a3de113ff8.jpg?v=1779059093\" alt=\"2 Tier Bamboo Plant Stand, White Modern Minimalist Garden Plant Shelf – 2 inch, view 13\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/7d66413f-12a8-45ad-92ac-1b3656bd4f6d.jpg?v=1779059092\" alt=\"2 Tier Bamboo Plant Stand, White Modern Minimalist Garden Plant Shelf – 2 inch, view 11\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/69d7c27a-dda3-4ad0-afc1-bd4adfdef6a2.jpg?v=1779059093\" alt=\"2 Tier Bamboo Plant Stand, White Modern Minimalist Garden Plant Shelf – 2 inch, view 12\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/plantstand_2_fe14376d-8a56-4350-8b82-6f058b83c831.webp?v=1739343880\" alt=\"2 Tier Bamboo Plant Stand, White Modern Minimalist Garden Plant Shelf – 2 inch, view 7\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/plantstand_3_ce2fcfd2-2dd1-43d9-8077-c83a9cdfc1fe.webp?v=1739343880\" alt=\"2 Tier Bamboo Plant Stand, White Modern Minimalist Garden Plant Shelf – 2 inch, view 8\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/bb5a387b-c7e7-467a-bc62-da4a852b5af5.jpg?v=1779059093\" alt=\"2 Tier Bamboo Plant Stand, White Modern Minimalist Garden Plant Shelf – 2 inch, view 8\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/539e14b5-5541-4757-bbd2-b600e34e3e59.jpg?v=1779059093\" alt=\"2 Tier Bamboo Plant Stand, White Modern Minimalist Garden Plant Shelf – 2 inch, view 10\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-description product-description--ai-ready\"\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e2 Tier Bamboo Plant Stand, White Modern Minimalist Garden Plant Shelf is a practical choice for shoppers who need a vertical display for several plants that keeps the floor area organised. Its bamboo and wood and its 2 inch format makes it especially relevant for a living room, balcony, patio or garden area that needs a more deliberate plant display. Choose it when the product's specific configuration fits your layout better than placing individual pots directly on the floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePractical use case:\u003c\/strong\u003e A practical use case is a living room, balcony, patio or garden area that needs a more deliberate plant display; confirm 2 inch, access and surrounding clearance against your own space before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhite Art Plant Stand: Solid white color of the floor plant shelf, for a detailed and simple look, Nordic aesthetic pleasing style, goes well with any home decor, with plants on display, makes the room lively, giving a tasteful touch to the energy of the space.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDurable Boxwood Structure: Plant stand side table manufactured from solid boxwood frame + MDF board, safe for environment, enhances its stability and durability, served for long life, easily DIY painting on if you like, load capacity 70kg total.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMultiple Applications: Cute plant shelf for gardeners or flower enthusiasts, they would love it and appreciate your gift, with flowers on, perfectly decor the sofa side, flower room, florist shop, gardens, balcony, patio, porch, living room, kitchen, dining room.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLovely Plant Stand: Very lovely plant shelf with smooth rounded edge, no burr and won’t hurt your hands, it elevates in 7.1” height, helps you keep away from wet ground, also convenient for vacuum cleaner, all accessories and instruction are included, easily set it up.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModel: Plant Table\/ Side Table.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: 64.9% Boxwood + 35% MDF Board + 0.1 % Bamboo.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eHow It Compares\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eThis comparison focuses on the buying tradeoffs most likely to affect the decision.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDecision factor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eThis product\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eplacing individual pots directly on the floor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFloor-space use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVertical, multi-level display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe alternative may offer a simpler single-purpose setup\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDisplay capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUses bamboo and wood\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial and finish vary by the alternative selected\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePlant visibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDesigned for a living room, balcony, patio or garden area that needs a more deliberate plant display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMay suit a different room layout or priority\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePlacement flexibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConfirm 2 inch and the listed care details\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompare total size, care and installation needs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e【2-Tier Plant Table】The plant rack holder features top and bottom open shelf, perfect for floral flowers and pots display, also served it as a side table in the living room, for setting memorabilia, coffee mugs and some books, used as a room divider, easily arrange several plants in a row.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e【White Art Plant Stand】Solid white color of the floor plant shelf, for a detailed and simple look, Nordic aesthetic pleasing style, goes well with any home decor, with plants on display, makes the room lively, giving a tasteful touch to the energy of the space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e【Durable Boxwood Structure】Plant stand side table manufactured from solid boxwood frame + MDF board, safe for environment, enhances its stability and durability, served for long life, easily DIY painting on if you like, load capacity 70kg total.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eBefore You Order\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck 2 inch, doorways and surrounding clearance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReview the selected variant, colour and finish shown in the product options.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFollow the supplied assembly, placement and care instructions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my pots and available corner?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse 2 inch and the product images to compare the item's footprint with your available space, including access and clearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch3\u003eIs it suitable for the intended indoor or outdoor position?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis option prioritises floor-space use and display capacity, while placing individual pots directly on the floor may suit shoppers who value a simpler or different layout.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch3\u003eHow much assembly and ongoing care should I expect?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFollow the supplied assembly and care information. Match the bamboo and wood finish to the intended location and avoid loads or uses beyond the product details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Metro Elegance","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41942071574616,"sku":"XJJ798","price":119.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/plantstand_5_58822ca2-55cc-4a58-93ea-b616f9111e48.webp?v=1739343880"},{"product_id":"a-set-of-2-minimalist-white-wooden-plant-stands-garden-flower-holder","title":"A Set Of 2 Minimalist White Wooden Plant Stands Garden Flower Holder","description":"\u003csection class=\"product-description product-description--ai-ready\"\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eA Set Of 2 Minimalist White Wooden Plant Stands Garden Flower Holder is designed for buyers seeking a vertical display for several plants that keeps the floor area organised. Its defining details are wood and its 7.7inch format, making it most useful in a living room, balcony, patio or garden area that needs a more deliberate plant display. Select it when those details solve the space or function better than placing individual pots directly on the floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePractical use case:\u003c\/strong\u003e A practical use case is a living room, balcony, patio or garden area that needs a more deliberate plant display; confirm 7.7inch, access and surrounding clearance against your own space before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCute Little Plant Table: These cute plant stands feature two tiers open space, perfect for floral flowers and pots display, scindapsus aureus, light fake plant, tall planters in such a modern way.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThey also served as side or end table, for setting down drinks or coffee when sitting on the sofa.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStunning Art Furniture: Finished in white color, feature aesthetic pleasing and chic of style, go well with any types of flowers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe plant tables serve as pieces of furniture or artwork in homes, giving a tasteful touch to the energy of a room.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy assembly, recommend to install by 2 people.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRenewable Boxwood Structure: The set of plant table are made from solid boxwood frame + MDF board shelf, renewable and safe for environment, it remains sturdy for use, still good looking and will feature retro style after using for long time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eHow It Compares\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eThis comparison focuses on the buying tradeoffs most likely to affect the decision.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDecision factor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eThis product\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eplacing individual pots directly on the floor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFloor-space use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVertical, multi-level display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe alternative may offer a simpler single-purpose setup\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDisplay capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUses wood\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial and finish vary by the alternative selected\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePlant visibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDesigned for a living room, balcony, patio or garden area that needs a more deliberate plant display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMay suit a different room layout or priority\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePlacement flexibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConfirm 7.7inch and the listed care details\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompare total size, care and installation needs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e【Cute Little Plant Table】These cute plant stands feature two tiers open space, perfect for floral flowers and pots display, scindapsus aureus, light fake plant, tall planters in such a modern way. They also served as side or end table, for setting down drinks or coffee when sitting on the sofa.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e【Stunning Art Furniture】Finished in white color, feature aesthetic pleasing and chic of style, go well with any types of flowers. The plant tables serve as pieces of furniture or artwork in homes, giving a tasteful touch to the energy of a room. Easy assembly, recommend to install by 2 people.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e【Renewable Boxwood Structure】The set of plant table are made from solid boxwood frame + MDF board shelf, renewable and safe for environment, it remains sturdy for use, still good looking and will feature retro style after using for long time. Elevated bottom in 7.7inch, keeps away from damp and pets’ damage, easy to clean the floor. Anti-slip foot pads prevent scratches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eBefore You Order\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck 7.7inch, doorways and surrounding clearance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReview the selected variant, colour and finish shown in the product options.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFollow the supplied assembly, placement and care instructions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my pots and available corner?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse 7.7inch and the product images to compare the item's footprint with your available space, including access and clearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch3\u003eIs it suitable for the intended indoor or outdoor position?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis option prioritises floor-space use and display capacity, while placing individual pots directly on the floor may suit shoppers who value a simpler or different layout.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch3\u003eHow much assembly and ongoing care should I expect?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFollow the supplied assembly and care information. Match the wood finish to the intended location and avoid loads or uses beyond the product details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Metro Elegance","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41942075703384,"sku":"XJJ669","price":129.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/165001_7d01ea40-e968-4f7c-a50d-a19ba6ea1570.webp?v=1739343865"},{"product_id":"bamboo-4-tiers-cute-plants-stand-holder","title":"4-Tier Bamboo Plant Stand – A Tall, Nordic-Style Corner Flower Rack for Living Rooms, Bedrooms, and Balconies","description":"\u003csection class=\"product-description product-description--ai-ready\"\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eFor shoppers comparing options for a vertical display for several plants that keeps the floor area organised, 4-Tier Bamboo Plant Stand – A Tall, Nordic-Style Corner Flower Rack for Living Rooms, Bedrooms, and Balconies offers a focused combination of bamboo and wood and its 22cm format. It is intended for a living room, balcony, patio or garden area that needs a more deliberate plant display. Compare its listed measurements and finish with placing individual pots directly on the floor before deciding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePractical use case:\u003c\/strong\u003e A practical use case is a living room, balcony, patio or garden area that needs a more deliberate plant display; confirm 22cm, access and surrounding clearance against your own space before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 tiers cute little plant stand for option.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe bottom can hold small plants while the top can hold bigger and taller plants.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNatural wood and white color scheme, complement into a lot of planters.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSimple structure, easy to assemble all the pieces together with manual.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSimplistic design plants rack stand, adds beauty to the space.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade of natural bamboo, anti-corrosion, insect protection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eHow It Compares\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eThis comparison focuses on the buying tradeoffs most likely to affect the decision.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDecision factor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eThis product\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eplacing individual pots directly on the floor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFloor-space use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVertical, multi-level display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe alternative may offer a simpler single-purpose setup\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDisplay capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUses bamboo and wood\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial and finish vary by the alternative selected\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePlant visibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDesigned for a living room, balcony, patio or garden area that needs a more deliberate plant display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMay suit a different room layout or priority\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePlacement flexibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConfirm 22cm and the listed care details\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompare total size, care and installation needs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eGreat for living room corners, patios, gardens, weddings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eEach Tier Height: 20\/7.9in, 40cm\/15.7in, 60\/23.6in, 80cm\/31.5in.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eCarefully wrapped in the box to ensure safety and avoid damage in the transit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eBefore You Order\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck 22cm, doorways and surrounding clearance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReview the selected variant, colour and finish shown in the product options.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFollow the supplied assembly, placement and care instructions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my pots and available corner?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse 22cm and the product images to compare the item's footprint with your available space, including access and clearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch3\u003eIs it suitable for the intended indoor or outdoor position?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis option prioritises floor-space use and display capacity, while placing individual pots directly on the floor may suit shoppers who value a simpler or different layout.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch3\u003eHow much assembly and ongoing care should I expect?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFollow the supplied assembly and care information. Match the bamboo and wood finish to the intended location and avoid loads or uses beyond the product details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Metro Elegance","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41950087217240,"sku":"XJJ456-L","price":109.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/74571101-13f1-4503-8e64-d6cd7032f884.jpg?v=1739343852"},{"product_id":"5-tiers-bamboo-modern-plant-stand-patio-flower-pot-holder","title":"5-Tier Bamboo Plant Stand – A Modern Flower Pot Holder for Patios \u0026 Indoor Spaces","description":"\u003csection class=\"product-description product-description--ai-ready\"\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e5-Tier Bamboo Plant Stand – A Modern Flower Pot Holder for Patios \u0026amp; Indoor Spaces is designed for buyers seeking a vertical display for several plants that keeps the floor area organised. Its defining details are bamboo and wood and its 82 cm format, making it most useful in a living room, balcony, patio or garden area that needs a more deliberate plant display. Select it when those details solve the space or function better than placing individual pots directly on the floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePractical use case:\u003c\/strong\u003e A practical use case is a living room, balcony, patio or garden area that needs a more deliberate plant display; confirm 82 cm, access and surrounding clearance against your own space before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBring a contemporary, natural charm to your home or patio with this 5-Tier Bamboo Plant Stand.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCrafted from a sturdy blend of 70% bamboo and 30% PP plastic, it offers both durability and a stylish minimalist design.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe natural wood and white color palette effortlessly complements any décor, while the multi-tier layout allows you to showcase your favorite plants or decorative items in an organized, eye-catching display.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: 70% Bamboo + 30% PP Plastic.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNet Weight: 2.42 kg \/ 5.34 lbs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlate Outer Diameter: 22 cm \/ 8.66 inch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eHow It Compares\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eThis comparison focuses on the buying tradeoffs most likely to affect the decision.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDecision factor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eThis product\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eplacing individual pots directly on the floor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFloor-space use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVertical, multi-level display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe alternative may offer a simpler single-purpose setup\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDisplay capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUses bamboo and wood\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial and finish vary by the alternative selected\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePlant visibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDesigned for a living room, balcony, patio or garden area that needs a more deliberate plant display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMay suit a different room layout or priority\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePlacement flexibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConfirm 82 cm and the listed care details\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompare total size, care and installation needs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eBring a contemporary, natural charm to your home or patio with this 5-Tier Bamboo Plant Stand. Crafted from a sturdy blend of 70% bamboo and 30% PP plastic, it offers both durability and a stylish minimalist design. The natural wood and white color palette effortlessly complements any décor, while the multi-tier layout allows you to showcase your favorite plants or decorative items in an organized, eye-catching display.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eEnhance your living room, bedroom, or patio with this elegant and space-saving plant stand—perfect for displaying your greenery and keeping your home looking fresh and organized.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eBefore You Order\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck 82 cm, doorways and surrounding clearance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReview the selected variant, colour and finish shown in the product options.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFollow the supplied assembly, placement and care instructions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my pots and available corner?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse 82 cm and the product images to compare the item's footprint with your available space, including access and clearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch3\u003eIs it suitable for the intended indoor or outdoor position?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis option prioritises floor-space use and display capacity, while placing individual pots directly on the floor may suit shoppers who value a simpler or different layout.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch3\u003eHow much assembly and ongoing care should I expect?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFollow the supplied assembly and care information. Match the bamboo and wood finish to the intended location and avoid loads or uses beyond the product details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Metro Elegance","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41950098849880,"sku":"XJJ456-XL","price":99.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/s-l1600_5_3459fcd9-2649-4b92-9ac2-60ad4133fa0d.jpg?v=1739343834"},{"product_id":"tall-bamboo-wood-corner-plant-rack-sta","title":"3 Tier Plant Stand Bamboo Corner Plant Stand, Indoor Plant Ladder Shelf Flower Display Rack","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/e30839f9-072e-40d2-b0c3-ad96198763bd.jpg?v=1779058683\" alt=\"3 Tier Plant Stand Bamboo Corner Plant Stand, Indoor Plant Ladder Shelf – 5 inch, natural\/brown, view 14\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/788e7000-cdb7-4792-9e6e-bc898e3b2eb1_797bc3c9-2664-4c07-b366-4a5308656090.jpg?v=1779056534\" alt=\"3 Tier Plant Stand Bamboo Corner Plant Stand, Indoor Plant Ladder Shelf – natural\/brown, 5 inch\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/c31da0ab-b467-43c5-8809-7bc78834c5f2.jpg?v=1779058683\" alt=\"3 Tier Plant Stand Bamboo Corner Plant Stand, Indoor Plant Ladder Shelf – natural\/brown, 5 inch, view 13\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/e3725181-935a-4e12-8bce-5213411dce75.jpg?v=1779058683\" alt=\"3 Tier Plant Stand Bamboo Corner Plant Stand, Indoor Plant Ladder Shelf – natural\/brown, 5 inch, view 15\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/2_5a09364c-fe56-4d99-ba6e-05f34402a7b1.webp?v=1739343819\" alt=\"3 Tier Plant Stand Bamboo Corner Plant Stand, Indoor Plant Ladder Shelf – natural\/brown, 5 inch, view 7\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/Se935ef22b8344111ad4c6c5634cd1bd4g.webp?v=1779058133\" alt=\"3 Tier Plant Stand Bamboo Corner Plant Stand, Indoor Plant Ladder Shelf – 5 inch, natural\/brown, view 12\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/5_41d61cea-116f-4f3a-bd82-b87fc5e10bee.webp?v=1739343819\" alt=\"3 Tier Plant Stand Bamboo Corner Plant Stand, Indoor Plant Ladder Shelf – 5 inch, natural\/brown, view 8\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/1_c365c742-f67a-4e12-9116-e97419054758.webp?v=1739343819\" alt=\"3 Tier Plant Stand Bamboo Corner Plant Stand, Indoor Plant Ladder Shelf – 5 inch, natural\/brown, view 6\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/3_2_29029fb7-a177-49c1-8105-4efa27de7b83.webp?v=1739343819\" alt=\"3 Tier Plant Stand Bamboo Corner Plant Stand, Indoor Plant Ladder Shelf – natural\/brown, 5 inch, view 9\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/6_36e55aab-e777-4eb6-b408-645de99919a1.webp?v=1739343818\" alt=\"3 Tier Plant Stand Bamboo Corner Plant Stand, Indoor Plant Ladder Shelf – 5 inch, natural\/brown\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-description product-description--ai-ready\"\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eFor shoppers comparing options for a vertical display for several plants that keeps the floor area organised, 3 Tier Plant Stand Bamboo Corner Plant Stand, Indoor Plant Ladder Shelf Flower Display Rack offers a focused combination of bamboo and wood and its 5 inch format. It is intended for a living room, balcony, patio or garden area that needs a more deliberate plant display. Compare its listed measurements and finish with placing individual pots directly on the floor before deciding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePractical use case:\u003c\/strong\u003e A practical use case is a living room, balcony, patio or garden area that needs a more deliberate plant display; confirm 5 inch, access and surrounding clearance against your own space before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePremium Bamboo: Plants rack is made using solid natural BAMBOO with high hardness, which is highly sturdy and durable enough to hold up to 10kg of each tier, environmental safe and odorless, the wood frame won’t easy to crack.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePractical Plants Rack: Plants stand features 3 tier shelves, perfect for organizing and displaying everything from thriving house plants to floral flowers, to succulents pots, to herbs, to decorative ornaments pieces, to memorial pictures, to storage basket.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eScientific Design: Triangle structure on the bottom for ensures safety and keeps it more stable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHigh and low tier make full use of space, enables plants to get exposure of sunlight, conducive to the plants healthy growth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCreative Plant Stand: Minimalist style unho plant stand matches well into any space, helps add vibrancy and a splash of green.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDecorative to the plants space, corners, living room, patio, garden, porch, balcony, hallway, condos, or offices.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eHow It Compares\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eThis comparison focuses on the buying tradeoffs most likely to affect the decision.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDecision factor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eThis product\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eplacing individual pots directly on the floor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFloor-space use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVertical, multi-level display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe alternative may offer a simpler single-purpose setup\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDisplay capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUses bamboo and wood\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial and finish vary by the alternative selected\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePlant visibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDesigned for a living room, balcony, patio or garden area that needs a more deliberate plant display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMay suit a different room layout or priority\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePlacement flexibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConfirm 5 inch and the listed care details\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompare total size, care and installation needs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e【Premium Bamboo】Plants rack is made using solid natural BAMBOO with high hardness, which is highly sturdy and durable enough to hold up to 10kg of each tier, environmental safe and odorless, the wood frame won’t easy to crack.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e【Practical Plants Rack】Plants stand features 3 tier shelves, perfect for organizing and displaying everything from thriving house plants to floral flowers, to succulents pots, to herbs, to decorative ornaments pieces, to memorial pictures, to storage basket.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e【Scientific Design】Triangle structure on the bottom for ensures safety and keeps it more stable. High and low tier make full use of space, enables plants to get exposure of sunlight, conducive to the plants healthy growth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eBefore You Order\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck 5 inch, doorways and surrounding clearance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReview the selected variant, colour and finish shown in the product options.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFollow the supplied assembly, placement and care instructions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my pots and available corner?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse 5 inch and the product images to compare the item's footprint with your available space, including access and clearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch3\u003eIs it suitable for the intended indoor or outdoor position?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis option prioritises floor-space use and display capacity, while placing individual pots directly on the floor may suit shoppers who value a simpler or different layout.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch3\u003eHow much assembly and ongoing care should I expect?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFollow the supplied assembly and care information. Match the bamboo and wood finish to the intended location and avoid loads or uses beyond the product details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Metro Elegance","offers":[{"title":"Brown","offer_id":44109977911384,"sku":"ZJJ443-BN","price":79.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Natural Wood","offer_id":44109977944152,"sku":"ZJJ443-BW","price":79.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/788e7000-cdb7-4792-9e6e-bc898e3b2eb1_797bc3c9-2664-4c07-b366-4a5308656090.jpg?v=1779056534"},{"product_id":"9-tier-bamboo-plant-flower-stand-rack-display","title":"9-Tier Extra Large Bamboo Plant Stand – Multi-Level Flowerpot Display Rack for Up to 17 Pots (Indoor \u0026 Outdoor)","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--video\"\u003e\u003cvideo controls=\"controls\" style=\"max-width: 100%; height: auto;\"\u003e\n  \u003csource src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/videos\/c\/o\/v\/efb12c1af1da421e8066dd31f7b61981.mp4\" type=\"video\/mp4\"\u003e\n9-Tier Extra Large Bamboo Plant Stand – Multi-Level Flowerpot Display Rack for Up to 17 Pots (Indoor \u0026amp; Outdoor)\n\u003c\/source\u003e\u003c\/video\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/9-tier-champagne-bamboo-pot-plant-stand-rack-multiple-custom-made-free-shipping-384_7b9ddd8c-5e8e-4f27-9ece-722f1bc5a235.webp?v=1739343804\" alt=\"9-Tier Bamboo Plant Stand\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/47f4cedc-fb8e-4bc8-9111-c5f544b9fe25.jpg?v=1739343804\" alt=\"9-Tier Extra Large Bamboo Plant Stand – Multi-Level Flowerpot Display – plant stand, view 2\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/5975c362-d110-417d-aeaa-8ed1ec093965.jpg?v=1739343804\" alt=\"9-Tier Extra Large Bamboo Plant Stand – Multi-Level Flowerpot Display – plant stand, view 8\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/92aaea77-9857-47a8-9603-47241736bfbf.jpg?v=1739343804\" alt=\"9-Tier Extra Large Bamboo Plant Stand – Multi-Level Flowerpot Display – plant stand, view 7\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/763146e7-2932-469f-ab70-349c768f028b.jpg?v=1739343804\" alt=\"9-Tier Extra Large Bamboo Plant Stand – Multi-Level Flowerpot Display – plant stand, view 5\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-description product-description--ai-ready\"\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eChoose 9-Tier Extra Large Bamboo Plant Stand – Multi-Level Flowerpot Display Rack for Up to 17 Pots (Indoor \u0026amp; Outdoor) when your priority is a vertical display for several plants that keeps the floor area organised. The bamboo and wood is best matched to a living room, balcony, patio or garden area that needs a more deliberate plant display. It is the stronger fit when flexibility and the listed configuration matter more than placing individual pots directly on the floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePractical use case:\u003c\/strong\u003e A practical use case is a living room, balcony, patio or garden area that needs a more deliberate plant display; confirm the listed dimensions, access and surrounding clearance against your own space before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShowcase your greenery in style with this space-saving 9-Tier Bamboo Plant Stand.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCrafted from durable, natural bamboo, this multi-level rack accommodates up to 17 small to medium-sized flowerpots—perfect for succulents, ferns, or decorative blooms.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIts slim dimensions (35\" L × 7.7\" W × 48\" H) make it an ideal addition to corners, balconies, patios, or gardens.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy to assemble and built to last, each tier offers sturdy support to keep your plants thriving while adding a touch of nature to any indoor or outdoor setting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModel: Multilayer (9 tiers, also available in 7 or 6 tiers).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 35\" L × 7.7\" W × 48\" H.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eHow It Compares\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eThis comparison focuses on the buying tradeoffs most likely to affect the decision.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDecision factor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eThis product\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eplacing individual pots directly on the floor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFloor-space use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVertical, multi-level display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe alternative may offer a simpler single-purpose setup\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDisplay capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUses bamboo and wood\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial and finish vary by the alternative selected\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePlant visibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDesigned for a living room, balcony, patio or garden area that needs a more deliberate plant display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMay suit a different room layout or priority\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePlacement flexibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConfirm the listed dimensions and the listed care details\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompare total size, care and installation needs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eShowcase your greenery in style with this space-saving 9-Tier Bamboo Plant Stand. Crafted from durable, natural bamboo, this multi-level rack accommodates up to 17 small to medium-sized flowerpots—perfect for succulents, ferns, or decorative blooms. Its slim dimensions (35\" L × 7.7\" W × 48\" H) make it an ideal addition to corners, balconies, patios, or gardens. Easy to assemble and built to last, each tier offers sturdy support to keep your plants thriving while adding a touch of nature to any indoor or outdoor setting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eIdeal Placement: Corners, gardens, balconies, patios, or any indoor space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eAmple Display Space: Nine separate racks hold up to 17 pots, perfect for showcasing everything from succulents to flowers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eBefore You Order\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck the listed dimensions, doorways and surrounding clearance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReview the selected variant, colour and finish shown in the product options.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFollow the supplied assembly, placement and care instructions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my pots and available corner?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse the listed dimensions and the product images to compare the item's footprint with your available space, including access and clearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch3\u003eIs it suitable for the intended indoor or outdoor position?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis option prioritises floor-space use and display capacity, while placing individual pots directly on the floor may suit shoppers who value a simpler or different layout.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch3\u003eHow much assembly and ongoing care should I expect?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFollow the supplied assembly and care information. Match the bamboo and wood finish to the intended location and avoid loads or uses beyond the product details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Metro Elegance","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41950183096408,"sku":"XJJ356-G1","price":119.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/2ed7ac8e-9ed9-4d9a-8152-346ac527ed32.jpg?v=1739343804"},{"product_id":"3-tier-wooden-plant-and-flower-display-stand","title":"3-tier wooden Plant and flower Display Stand","description":"\u003csection class=\"product-description product-description--ai-ready\"\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eFor shoppers comparing options for a vertical display for several plants that keeps the floor area organised, 3-tier wooden Plant and flower Display Stand offers a focused combination of solid pine and pine wood. It is intended for a living room, balcony, patio or garden area that needs a more deliberate plant display. Compare its listed measurements and finish with placing individual pots directly on the floor before deciding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePractical use case:\u003c\/strong\u003e A practical use case is a living room, balcony, patio or garden area that needs a more deliberate plant display; confirm the listed dimensions, access and surrounding clearance against your own space before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMulti 3 tier wide spaces for arranging growing planters, tall plants, cactus, succulents.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHanging rod and stand on the top for hanging plants, saving more floor space.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade using solid PINE WOOD, environmental safe and sturdy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUndergoing carbonization, anti-deformation and the plank won’t crack.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eunho plant rack stand is a fabulous and well-designed accent piece.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWell-finished color and details, pleasing and giving a tasteful touch and nature beauty.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eHow It Compares\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eThis comparison focuses on the buying tradeoffs most likely to affect the decision.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDecision factor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eThis product\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eplacing individual pots directly on the floor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFloor-space use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVertical, multi-level display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe alternative may offer a simpler single-purpose setup\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDisplay capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUses solid pine and pine wood\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial and finish vary by the alternative selected\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePlant visibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDesigned for a living room, balcony, patio or garden area that needs a more deliberate plant display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMay suit a different room layout or priority\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePlacement flexibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConfirm the listed dimensions and the listed care details\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompare total size, care and installation needs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003ePerfect for garden, corner, porch, balcony, patio, backyard, apartment, near the window.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eThe stand gets plants off the floor and onto an elevated surface of its own.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eHollow-out wood laminate is better for water drainage and air flow.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eBefore You Order\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck the listed dimensions, doorways and surrounding clearance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReview the selected variant, colour and finish shown in the product options.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFollow the supplied assembly, placement and care instructions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my pots and available corner?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse the listed dimensions and the product images to compare the item's footprint with your available space, including access and clearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch3\u003eIs it suitable for the intended indoor or outdoor position?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis option prioritises floor-space use and display capacity, while placing individual pots directly on the floor may suit shoppers who value a simpler or different layout.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch3\u003eHow much assembly and ongoing care should I expect?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFollow the supplied assembly and care information. Match the solid pine and pine wood finish to the intended location and avoid loads or uses beyond the product details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Metro Elegance","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41950274945112,"sku":"XJJ698","price":119.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/f269f519-7bd3-4668-b0e6-0a99082614fe_9bf43f07-17b3-4ba9-b2ef-20f9c26a5a6e.jpg?v=1739343788"},{"product_id":"foldable-wooden-ladder-shelf-plant-stand","title":"Foldable Wooden Ladder Shelf Plant Stand","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--video\"\u003e\u003cvideo controls=\"controls\" style=\"max-width: 100%; height: auto;\"\u003e\n  \u003csource src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/videos\/c\/o\/v\/9021eb0a14b64c008319364a8fca9d7d.mp4\" type=\"video\/mp4\"\u003e\nFoldable Wooden Ladder Shelf Plant Stand\n\u003c\/source\u003e\u003c\/video\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/d3bafdec-e3b6-4061-9c04-aa2f16c4a70d.jpg?v=1779057278\" alt=\"Foldable Wooden Ladder Shelf Plant Stand – carbonized wood, 3 inch\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/S9ef301d9a7144ccfb13dd4ed254a4e737.webp?v=1779057723\" alt=\"Foldable Wooden Ladder Shelf Plant Stand – carbonized wood, 3 inch, view 7\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/3100ffc9-ef94-47cb-a307-24052e865bb2.jpg?v=1779057278\" alt=\"Foldable Wooden Ladder Shelf Plant Stand – 3 inch, carbonized wood, view 12\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/c30bdb11-730d-4eb6-a349-15d2de6c1605.jpg?v=1779057278\" alt=\"Foldable Wooden Ladder Shelf Plant Stand – 3 inch, carbonized wood, view 6\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/1e245545-202b-4cc5-94b3-4b5b478671c5.jpg?v=1779057278\" alt=\"Foldable Wooden Ladder Shelf Plant Stand – carbonized wood, 3 inch, view 5\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/Sdd4d153adbe846e5afba7ac93f2ba50c6.webp?v=1779057722\" alt=\"Foldable Wooden Ladder Shelf Plant Stand – 3 inch, carbonized wood, view 8\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/8bacfddc-3dc7-4ce4-8091-8cfba0d80742.jpg?v=1779057278\" alt=\"Foldable Wooden Ladder Shelf Plant Stand – 3 inch, carbonized wood, view 14\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-description product-description--ai-ready\"\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eFor shoppers comparing options for a vertical display for several plants that keeps the floor area organised, Foldable Wooden Ladder Shelf Plant Stand offers a focused combination of carbonized wood and wood and its 3 inch format. It is intended for a living room, balcony, patio or garden area that needs a more deliberate plant display. Compare its listed measurements and finish with placing individual pots directly on the floor before deciding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePractical use case:\u003c\/strong\u003e A practical use case is a living room, balcony, patio or garden area that needs a more deliberate plant display; confirm 3 inch, access and surrounding clearance against your own space before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUndergoing carbonization, anti-deformation, remains sturdy for long time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLadder design storage shelves, reinforced structure and more stable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe shelf takes up little floor space when setting up, great for corners.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasily set up in seconds, fix it firmly with wood tips on the bottom.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMultifunctional used as bookshelf, plant stand, storage rack.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMultiple tier open space for displaying art decor or amount of plants.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eHow It Compares\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eThis comparison focuses on the buying tradeoffs most likely to affect the decision.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDecision factor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eThis product\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eplacing individual pots directly on the floor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFloor-space use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVertical, multi-level display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe alternative may offer a simpler single-purpose setup\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDisplay capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUses carbonized wood and wood\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial and finish vary by the alternative selected\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePlant visibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDesigned for a living room, balcony, patio or garden area that needs a more deliberate plant display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMay suit a different room layout or priority\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePlacement flexibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConfirm 3 inch and the listed care details\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompare total size, care and installation needs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eGets the plant off the floor and onto an elevated surface of its own.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eCarbonized wood color, giving a tasteful touch to the energy of a room.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eMultiple slats splicing design can avoid accumulation on the flower rack.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eBefore You Order\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck 3 inch, doorways and surrounding clearance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReview the selected variant, colour and finish shown in the product options.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFollow the supplied assembly, placement and care instructions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my pots and available corner?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse 3 inch and the product images to compare the item's footprint with your available space, including access and clearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch3\u003eIs it suitable for the intended indoor or outdoor position?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis option prioritises floor-space use and display capacity, while placing individual pots directly on the floor may suit shoppers who value a simpler or different layout.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch3\u003eHow much assembly and ongoing care should I expect?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFollow the supplied assembly and care information. Match the carbonized wood and wood finish to the intended location and avoid loads or uses beyond the product details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Metro Elegance","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41950335336536,"sku":"JJ-ZZ131","price":159.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/d3bafdec-e3b6-4061-9c04-aa2f16c4a70d.jpg?v=1779057278"},{"product_id":"6-tier-wood-plant-flower-stand-shelf-rack-holder-display","title":"6-tier Wood Plant Flower Stand Shelf Rack Holder Display","description":"\u003csection class=\"product-description product-description--ai-ready\"\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eFor shoppers comparing options for a vertical display for several plants that keeps the floor area organised, 6-tier Wood Plant Flower Stand Shelf Rack Holder Display offers a focused combination of pine wood and wood and its 95cm format. It is intended for a living room, balcony, patio or garden area that needs a more deliberate plant display. Compare its listed measurements and finish with placing individual pots directly on the floor before deciding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePractical use case:\u003c\/strong\u003e A practical use case is a living room, balcony, patio or garden area that needs a more deliberate plant display; confirm 95cm, access and surrounding clearance against your own space before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSize: L*W*H 95cm*25cm*96cm(37.4*9.84*37.79in).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease refer to the measurement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTiny measuring errors are allowable within the normal range.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThere might be a little color difference due to the monitor, camera or other factors, please refer to the physical item.INDOOR\u0026amp;OUTDOOR DECOR: 6-tier plant stand adds dimension and visual variety to any outdoor space.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eHow It Compares\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eThis comparison focuses on the buying tradeoffs most likely to affect the decision.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDecision factor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eThis product\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eplacing individual pots directly on the floor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFloor-space use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVertical, multi-level display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe alternative may offer a simpler single-purpose setup\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDisplay capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUses pine wood and wood\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial and finish vary by the alternative selected\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePlant visibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDesigned for a living room, balcony, patio or garden area that needs a more deliberate plant display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMay suit a different room layout or priority\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePlacement flexibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConfirm 95cm and the listed care details\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompare total size, care and installation needs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003ePlease refer to the measurement. Tiny measuring errors are allowable within the normal range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eThere might be a little color difference due to the monitor, camera or other factors, please refer to the physical item.INDOOR\u0026amp;OUTDOOR DECOR: 6-tier plant stand adds dimension and visual variety to any outdoor space. Classic yard stand artwork to transform your favorite place into a peaceful heaven.HOLLOW-OUT DESIGN: The flower plant stand features hollow-out bench to let you watering plants without messy.MULTIFUNCTIONAL RACK: This bonsai display stand is made of pine wood, which the material itself is anti-corrosive with decay resistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eBefore You Order\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck 95cm, doorways and surrounding clearance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReview the selected variant, colour and finish shown in the product options.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFollow the supplied assembly, placement and care instructions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my pots and available corner?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse 95cm and the product images to compare the item's footprint with your available space, including access and clearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch3\u003eIs it suitable for the intended indoor or outdoor position?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis option prioritises floor-space use and display capacity, while placing individual pots directly on the floor may suit shoppers who value a simpler or different layout.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch3\u003eHow much assembly and ongoing care should I expect?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFollow the supplied assembly and care information. Match the pine wood and wood finish to the intended location and avoid loads or uses beyond the product details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Metro Elegance","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41951237505112,"sku":"X8FHJ-A-LZ","price":99.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/df253747-dc0d-46dd-ac18-202672e1c831_6c43f265-c500-4c0b-af24-6dcb71db43d5.jpg?v=1739343769"},{"product_id":"multi-tier-carbonized-wooden-flower-rack-display-stand","title":"46\" Multi-Tier Wooden Plant Stand – 16-Pot Flower Display Rack for Indoor \u0026 Outdoor Patio or Garden","description":"\u003csection class=\"product-description product-description--ai-ready\"\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eIf you need a vertical display for several plants that keeps the floor area organised, 46\" Multi-Tier Wooden Plant Stand – 16-Pot Flower Display Rack for Indoor \u0026amp; Outdoor Patio or Garden is a purpose-built option to consider. Its solid pine and pine wood and its 5cm format suits a living room, balcony, patio or garden area that needs a more deliberate plant display. The decision comes down to whether this layout is more useful for your room than placing individual pots directly on the floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePractical use case:\u003c\/strong\u003e A practical use case is a living room, balcony, patio or garden area that needs a more deliberate plant display; confirm 5cm, access and surrounding clearance against your own space before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCarbonized pine wood construction ensures its greater durability and longer life.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThis plant stand gives plenty of spaces for organizing your potted patio plants beautifully.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy to assemble and is quite functional.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMultiple use, easy assembly as per the installation guide.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpacing laminates design to avoid water accumulation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRosin can relieve pressure and improve sleep quality.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eHow It Compares\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eThis comparison focuses on the buying tradeoffs most likely to affect the decision.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDecision factor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eThis product\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eplacing individual pots directly on the floor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFloor-space use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVertical, multi-level display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe alternative may offer a simpler single-purpose setup\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDisplay capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUses solid pine and pine wood\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial and finish vary by the alternative selected\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePlant visibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDesigned for a living room, balcony, patio or garden area that needs a more deliberate plant display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMay suit a different room layout or priority\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePlacement flexibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConfirm 5cm and the listed care details\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompare total size, care and installation needs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eCarbonized pine wood construction ensures its greater durability and longer life. This plant stand gives plenty of spaces for organizing your potted patio plants beautifully. Easy to assemble and is quite functional.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eLarge GROUND CONTACT AREA ensures its balance and safety.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eSolid carbonized pine wood, strong strength and durability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eBefore You Order\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck 5cm, doorways and surrounding clearance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReview the selected variant, colour and finish shown in the product options.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFollow the supplied assembly, placement and care instructions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my pots and available corner?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse 5cm and the product images to compare the item's footprint with your available space, including access and clearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch3\u003eIs it suitable for the intended indoor or outdoor position?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis option prioritises floor-space use and display capacity, while placing individual pots directly on the floor may suit shoppers who value a simpler or different layout.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch3\u003eHow much assembly and ongoing care should I expect?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFollow the supplied assembly and care information. Match the solid pine and pine wood finish to the intended location and avoid loads or uses beyond the product details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Metro Elegance","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41951268241496,"sku":"ZJJ369","price":129.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/0630aa02-2e9f-489e-b651-aa7b30d59af3.jpg?v=1739343759"},{"product_id":"6-tier-plant-corner-stand-wood-displaying-shelves","title":"6 Tier Plant Corner Stand  Wood Displaying Shelves","description":"\u003csection class=\"product-description product-description--ai-ready\"\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e6 Tier Plant Corner Stand  Wood Displaying Shelves is designed for buyers seeking a vertical display for several plants that keeps the floor area organised. Its defining details are pine wood and wood and its 100cm format, making it most useful in a living room, balcony, patio or garden area that needs a more deliberate plant display. Select it when those details solve the space or function better than placing individual pots directly on the floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePractical use case:\u003c\/strong\u003e A practical use case is a living room, balcony, patio or garden area that needs a more deliberate plant display; confirm 100cm, access and surrounding clearance against your own space before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThis wooden display stand can serve you for a long time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt has a simple and compact style which suits to your modern room and can be a fine decoration.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThis plant shelf has 6 tiers,on which many things can be put.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSize: 60 x 60 x 100cm \/ 23.62 x 23.62 x 39.37inch ( L x W x H).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight Capacity: 9kg \/ 20lbs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePackage Size: 105 x 29 x 10cm \/ 41.31 x 11.42 x 3.94inch ( L x W x H).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eHow It Compares\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eThis comparison focuses on the buying tradeoffs most likely to affect the decision.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDecision factor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eThis product\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eplacing individual pots directly on the floor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFloor-space use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVertical, multi-level display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe alternative may offer a simpler single-purpose setup\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDisplay capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUses pine wood and wood\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial and finish vary by the alternative selected\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePlant visibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDesigned for a living room, balcony, patio or garden area that needs a more deliberate plant display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMay suit a different room layout or priority\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePlacement flexibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConfirm 100cm and the listed care details\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompare total size, care and installation needs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eThis wooden display stand can serve you for a long time. It has a simple and compact style which suits to your modern room and can be a fine decoration. This plant shelf has 6 tiers,on which many things can be put. You can save many space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eThe flower stand parts will be sent by separate and without assembling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003ePlease note that pots and plants, flowers are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eBefore You Order\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck 100cm, doorways and surrounding clearance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReview the selected variant, colour and finish shown in the product options.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFollow the supplied assembly, placement and care instructions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my pots and available corner?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse 100cm and the product images to compare the item's footprint with your available space, including access and clearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch3\u003eIs it suitable for the intended indoor or outdoor position?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis option prioritises floor-space use and display capacity, while placing individual pots directly on the floor may suit shoppers who value a simpler or different layout.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch3\u003eHow much assembly and ongoing care should I expect?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFollow the supplied assembly and care information. Match the pine wood and wood finish to the intended location and avoid loads or uses beyond the product details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Metro Elegance","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41951292260440,"sku":"Z8FHJ-J","price":89.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/0a02d0ef-370a-4699-b95c-1a59adc840c2.jpg?v=1739343741"},{"product_id":"6-tier-large-triangular-wood-plant-stand-plant-corner-display","title":"6 Tier Large Triangular Wood Plant Stand,Plant Corner Display","description":"\u003csection class=\"product-description product-description--ai-ready\"\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e6 Tier Large Triangular Wood Plant Stand,Plant Corner Display is designed for buyers seeking a vertical display for several plants that keeps the floor area organised. Its defining details are solid pine and pine wood and its 106cm format, making it most useful in a living room, balcony, patio or garden area that needs a more deliberate plant display. Select it when those details solve the space or function better than placing individual pots directly on the floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePractical use case:\u003c\/strong\u003e A practical use case is a living room, balcony, patio or garden area that needs a more deliberate plant display; confirm 106cm, access and surrounding clearance against your own space before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLoad-bearing capacity132lbs in total.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimension of Lxxinch by Wxxinch by Hxxinch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSolid pine woodstructure, more stable and tough.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMultiple use, easy assembly as per the installation guide.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMultilayer8racks -you can fit so many plants of all sizes on it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHollow-outlaminates design to avoid water accumulation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eHow It Compares\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eThis comparison focuses on the buying tradeoffs most likely to affect the decision.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDecision factor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eThis product\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eplacing individual pots directly on the floor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFloor-space use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVertical, multi-level display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe alternative may offer a simpler single-purpose setup\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDisplay capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUses solid pine and pine wood\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial and finish vary by the alternative selected\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePlant visibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDesigned for a living room, balcony, patio or garden area that needs a more deliberate plant display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMay suit a different room layout or priority\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePlacement flexibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConfirm 106cm and the listed care details\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompare total size, care and installation needs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eAmple space for displaying greeneryplants, succulents, narcissus.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eTRIANGLE support structure makes the whole stand sturdy and firm, no swaying.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eRaisesplants at suitable height to get more sunlight, hence they can grow better.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eBefore You Order\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck 106cm, doorways and surrounding clearance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReview the selected variant, colour and finish shown in the product options.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFollow the supplied assembly, placement and care instructions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my pots and available corner?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse 106cm and the product images to compare the item's footprint with your available space, including access and clearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch3\u003eIs it suitable for the intended indoor or outdoor position?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis option prioritises floor-space use and display capacity, while placing individual pots directly on the floor may suit shoppers who value a simpler or different layout.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch3\u003eHow much assembly and ongoing care should I expect?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFollow the supplied assembly and care information. Match the solid pine and pine wood finish to the intended location and avoid loads or uses beyond the product details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Metro Elegance","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41951320244312,"sku":"XJJ240-V1","price":129.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/73e5a909-2732-4d60-a911-4163b41098ed.jpg?v=1739343727"},{"product_id":"wooden-plant-stand-holder","title":"Tall 6 Tier Wood Plant Stand, Corner Shelf Flower Rack","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/s-l1600_67feed72-53b8-440e-b6b4-71a818d7667a.webp?v=1739343707\" alt=\"Tall 6 Tier Wood Plant Stand, Corner Shelf Flower Rack – 5cm, pine wood\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/3_6a86efad-b6e8-423b-b8bf-da96f9027a39.webp?v=1739343707\" alt=\"Tall 6 Tier Wood Plant Stand, Corner Shelf Flower Rack – pine wood, 5cm\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/s-l1600_4_d534456b-ce43-41e6-983f-e22fbfde0c59.webp?v=1739343707\" alt=\"Tall 6 Tier Wood Plant Stand, Corner Shelf Flower Rack – pine wood, 5cm, view 5\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/s-l1600_5_986efa4e-367b-4863-bf83-4c079d02a2da.webp?v=1739343707\" alt=\"Tall 6 Tier Wood Plant Stand, Corner Shelf Flower Rack – 5cm, pine wood, view 6\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/s-l1600_6_896f6fa3-0971-4939-9034-be2a6b3dc4b4.webp?v=1739343707\" alt=\"Tall 6 Tier Wood Plant Stand, Corner Shelf Flower Rack – pine wood, 5cm, view 7\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/s-l1600_3_5e3d0e97-0067-4110-b7b3-087661334c01.webp?v=1739343707\" alt=\"Tall 6 Tier Wood Plant Stand, Corner Shelf Flower Rack – pine wood, 5cm, view 3\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/s-l1600_2_1ab8fd81-9ab6-4f53-bc41-8a6e474d67f9.webp?v=1739343707\" alt=\"Tall 6 Tier Wood Plant Stand, Corner Shelf Flower Rack – 5cm, pine wood, view 4\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-description product-description--ai-ready\"\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eTall 6 Tier Wood Plant Stand, Corner Shelf Flower Rack is a practical choice for shoppers who need a vertical display for several plants that keeps the floor area organised. Its pine wood and wood and its 5cm format makes it especially relevant for a living room, balcony, patio or garden area that needs a more deliberate plant display. Choose it when the product's specific configuration fits your layout better than placing individual pots directly on the floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePractical use case:\u003c\/strong\u003e A practical use case is a living room, balcony, patio or garden area that needs a more deliberate plant display; confirm 5cm, access and surrounding clearance against your own space before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThis flower display decor stand is simple but practical, helps you to beautifully display flowers, bring timeless style to your bathroom, porch, garden.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConstructed of natural pine wood, solid yet sturdy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEquipped with four nails, can be fixed to floor for wind protection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFeatures 6 tiers, for displaying flowers, succulent plants, cactus.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStrong bearing capacity, bottom shelf: 30kg, the top tier holds 5kg.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGreat for use in garden, helps plants to get more sunlight and grow better.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eHow It Compares\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eThis comparison focuses on the buying tradeoffs most likely to affect the decision.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDecision factor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eThis product\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eplacing individual pots directly on the floor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFloor-space use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVertical, multi-level display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe alternative may offer a simpler single-purpose setup\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDisplay capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUses pine wood and wood\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial and finish vary by the alternative selected\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePlant visibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDesigned for a living room, balcony, patio or garden area that needs a more deliberate plant display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMay suit a different room layout or priority\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePlacement flexibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConfirm 5cm and the listed care details\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompare total size, care and installation needs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003ePlant Stand Size: L*W*H 90x25x131cm\/ 35x10x52 inch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003ePlease refer to the measurement. Tiny measuring error is allowable in normal range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eThere might be a little color difference due to the monitor, camera or other factors, please refer to the physical item.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eBefore You Order\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck 5cm, doorways and surrounding clearance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReview the selected variant, colour and finish shown in the product options.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFollow the supplied assembly, placement and care instructions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my pots and available corner?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse 5cm and the product images to compare the item's footprint with your available space, including access and clearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch3\u003eIs it suitable for the intended indoor or outdoor position?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis option prioritises floor-space use and display capacity, while placing individual pots directly on the floor may suit shoppers who value a simpler or different layout.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch3\u003eHow much assembly and ongoing care should I expect?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFollow the supplied assembly and care information. Match the pine wood and wood finish to the intended location and avoid loads or uses beyond the product details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Metro Elegance","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41951454494808,"sku":"XJJ788","price":109.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/3_6a86efad-b6e8-423b-b8bf-da96f9027a39.webp?v=1739343707"},{"product_id":"2-tier-indoor-plant-stand-bamboo-planter","title":"Multi Tier Indoor Plant Stand Bamboo Planter","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/s-l1600_ed7790b7-488b-44e6-854c-71b812c8e600.jpg?v=1739343694\" alt=\"Plant Stand Bamboo Planter\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/s-l1600_5_9843657c-618a-4bf8-95f7-055201787480.jpg?v=1739343694\" alt=\"Multi Tier Indoor Plant Stand Bamboo Planter – 76cm, view 6\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/s-l1600_7_7d95442a-2830-4ee1-bd60-6f02c6a13445.jpg?v=1739343694\" alt=\"Multi Tier Indoor Plant Stand Bamboo Planter – 76cm, view 8\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/s-l1600_6_a4764a9b-f864-4184-ace7-fb4e30ddb684.jpg?v=1739343694\" alt=\"Multi Tier Indoor Plant Stand Bamboo Planter – 76cm, view 7\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/s-l1600_2_d4549918-69a4-4f4b-9983-6c5f10a9e260.jpg?v=1739343694\" alt=\"Multi Tier Indoor Plant Stand Bamboo Planter – 76cm, view 2\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/s-l1600_12_c3677e06-2014-4bb7-b473-5ae95760c1be.jpg?v=1739343694\" alt=\"Plant Stand Bamboo Planter\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/s-l1600_3_e2311126-991f-4548-94e8-f0aeb6e24129.jpg?v=1739343694\" alt=\"Plant Stand Bamboo Planter\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/s-l1600_9_37f55d0f-ec43-4fd3-8cc5-5c1430132455.jpg?v=1739343694\" alt=\"Plant Stand Bamboo Planter\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-description product-description--ai-ready\"\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eMulti Tier Indoor Plant Stand Bamboo Planter is a practical choice for shoppers who need a vertical display for several plants that keeps the floor area organised. Its bamboo and wood and its 76cm format makes it especially relevant for a living room, balcony, patio or garden area that needs a more deliberate plant display. Choose it when the product's specific configuration fits your layout better than placing individual pots directly on the floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePractical use case:\u003c\/strong\u003e A practical use case is a living room, balcony, patio or garden area that needs a more deliberate plant display; confirm 76cm, access and surrounding clearance against your own space before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSturdy and Durable: This plant stand made from premium eco-friendly bamboo.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnti-corrosion.Made of premium bamboo and wood, our plant stand can withstand indoor use on a daily basis for years.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMid-century Style: The brown color finish adds an elegant and Mid-century feeling that goes nicely with design of furnitures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTall plant stand is perfect for space saving.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRaised your favourite plants in a higher place and settled it in the corner, made it attractive and eye-catching in your home.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMulti-purpose: You can use this cute pot rack to display your succulents, daffodils, cactus, roses, lilies, tulips, daisies, etc.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eHow It Compares\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eThis comparison focuses on the buying tradeoffs most likely to affect the decision.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDecision factor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eThis product\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eplacing individual pots directly on the floor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFloor-space use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVertical, multi-level display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe alternative may offer a simpler single-purpose setup\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDisplay capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUses bamboo and wood\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial and finish vary by the alternative selected\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePlant visibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDesigned for a living room, balcony, patio or garden area that needs a more deliberate plant display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMay suit a different room layout or priority\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePlacement flexibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConfirm 76cm and the listed care details\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompare total size, care and installation needs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eSturdy and Durable: This plant stand made from premium eco-friendly bamboo. Anti-corrosion.Made of premium bamboo and wood, our plant stand can withstand indoor use on a daily basis for years.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eMid-century Style: The brown color finish adds an elegant and Mid-century feeling that goes nicely with design of furnitures. Tall plant stand is perfect for space saving. Raised your favourite plants in a higher place and settled it in the corner, made it attractive and eye-catching in your home.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eMulti-purpose: You can use this cute pot rack to display your succulents, daffodils, cactus, roses, lilies, tulips, daisies, etc. You can also use it for the pictures of your beautiful memories, the small ornaments of the commemorative meaning, the trophy of the champion and the trophy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eBefore You Order\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck 76cm, doorways and surrounding clearance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReview the selected variant, colour and finish shown in the product options.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFollow the supplied assembly, placement and care instructions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my pots and available corner?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse 76cm and the product images to compare the item's footprint with your available space, including access and clearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch3\u003eIs it suitable for the intended indoor or outdoor position?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis option prioritises floor-space use and display capacity, while placing individual pots directly on the floor may suit shoppers who value a simpler or different layout.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch3\u003eHow much assembly and ongoing care should I expect?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFollow the supplied assembly and care information. Match the bamboo and wood finish to the intended location and avoid loads or uses beyond the product details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Metro Elegance","offers":[{"title":"2 Tier","offer_id":41951536578648,"sku":"XJJ419-S-G1","price":59.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3 Tier","offer_id":41951536611416,"sku":"XJJ419-M-G1","price":69.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 Tier","offer_id":41951536644184,"sku":"XJJ419-L-G1","price":99.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/s-l1600_ed7790b7-488b-44e6-854c-71b812c8e600.jpg?v=1739343694"},{"product_id":"multiple-flower-pots-holder-wooden-plant-stand-elevate-garden-space","title":"6 Tiered Carbonised Triangle Corner Plant Rack Wooden Plant Stand, Flower Pots Holder - Elevate Garden Space","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/e13a6173-9eb0-4dbd-a5cb-c15c7199980a.jpg?v=1779074548\" alt=\"6 Tiered Carbonised Triangle Corner Plant Rack Wooden Plant Stand – 5cm, pine wood, view 16\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/61464d9b-a897-4047-a634-7928687cbc2e.jpg?v=1779074547\" alt=\"6 Tiered Carbonised Triangle Corner Plant Rack Wooden Plant Stand – pine wood, 5cm, view 13\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/078c3caa-70af-444a-a16e-a68503b13c08.jpg?v=1779074547\" alt=\"6 Tiered Carbonised Triangle Corner Plant Rack Wooden Plant Stand – pine wood, 5cm, view 11\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/0007127c-17c6-4266-a777-d727e350794e.jpg?v=1779074547\" alt=\"6 Tiered Carbonised Triangle Corner Plant Rack Wooden Plant Stand – 5cm, pine wood, view 10\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/3e1dabb5-ad7d-476c-9cfe-d64a80632f16.jpg?v=1779074547\" alt=\"6 Tiered Carbonised Triangle Corner Plant Rack Wooden Plant Stand – 5cm, pine wood, view 12\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-description product-description--ai-ready\"\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eFor shoppers comparing options for a vertical display for several plants that keeps the floor area organised, 6 Tiered Carbonised Triangle Corner Plant Rack Wooden Plant Stand, Flower Pots Holder - Elevate Garden Space offers a focused combination of carbonised wood and pine wood and its 5cm format. It is intended for a living room, balcony, patio or garden area that needs a more deliberate plant display. Compare its listed measurements and finish with placing individual pots directly on the floor before deciding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePractical use case:\u003c\/strong\u003e A practical use case is a living room, balcony, patio or garden area that needs a more deliberate plant display; confirm 5cm, access and surrounding clearance against your own space before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCarbonized Pine Wood: The flower pot stand is made of carbonized pine wood which features the characteristics of high hardness, durability and strong stability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUndergone 300 ℃ high temperature carbonization, no harmful substances, anti-deformation, weather resistant. unho is a professional brand of all sorts of plants stand, our products are well received.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy-Moving Wheels: We added high quality 4x 360 degree rolling wheels with lockable design that is convenient to move around for cleaning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnd you can easily remove it to outdoor or indoor, garden, patio, greenhouse, etc, saves your time and energy to move flower pots in heavy rain days.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBesides, these wheels can be detached, you can choose have them or not.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKid-Friendly Design: The wood flower shelf surface, edges are even and smooth because it undergone professional polishing to prevent accidentally bumps.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eHow It Compares\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eThis comparison focuses on the buying tradeoffs most likely to affect the decision.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDecision factor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eThis product\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eplacing individual pots directly on the floor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFloor-space use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVertical, multi-level display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe alternative may offer a simpler single-purpose setup\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDisplay capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUses carbonised wood and pine wood\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial and finish vary by the alternative selected\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePlant visibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDesigned for a living room, balcony, patio or garden area that needs a more deliberate plant display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMay suit a different room layout or priority\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePlacement flexibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConfirm 5cm and the listed care details\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompare total size, care and installation needs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eCarbonized Pine Wood: The flower pot stand is made of carbonized pine wood which features the characteristics of high hardness, durability and strong stability. Undergone 300 ℃ high temperature carbonization, no harmful substances, anti-deformation, weather resistant. unho is a professional brand of all sorts of plants stand, our products are well received.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eEasy-Moving Wheels: We added high quality 4x 360 degree rolling wheels with lockable design that is convenient to move around for cleaning. And you can easily remove it to outdoor or indoor, garden, patio, greenhouse, etc, saves your time and energy to move flower pots in heavy rain days. Besides, these wheels can be detached, you can choose have them or not.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eKid-Friendly Design: The wood flower shelf surface, edges are even and smooth because it undergone professional polishing to prevent accidentally bumps. Kids can appreciate or learn how to water or plant with adults that will be a harmonious picture! Green plants or flowers can make you keep good mood and refresh you, start a good day from our beautiful yard!\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eBefore You Order\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck 5cm, doorways and surrounding clearance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReview the selected variant, colour and finish shown in the product options.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFollow the supplied assembly, placement and care instructions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my pots and available corner?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse 5cm and the product images to compare the item's footprint with your available space, including access and clearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch3\u003eIs it suitable for the intended indoor or outdoor position?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis option prioritises floor-space use and display capacity, while placing individual pots directly on the floor may suit shoppers who value a simpler or different layout.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch3\u003eHow much assembly and ongoing care should I expect?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFollow the supplied assembly and care information. Match the carbonised wood and pine wood finish to the intended location and avoid loads or uses beyond the product details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Metro Elegance","offers":[{"title":"No Wheels","offer_id":41954544943192,"sku":"ZJJ147","price":79.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"With Wheels","offer_id":41954544975960,"sku":"ZJJ377","price":89.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/plantstand_2_9b5f1760-51d5-461a-a20e-9235cdf2f86f.webp?v=1739343675"},{"product_id":"multi-tier-bamboo-plant-flower-stand-display-shelf","title":"10 Pot Stylish Bamboo Plant Stand for In\/Outdoor, Bonsai Flower Display, Shelf Holder Rack","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/12db39f4-9650-41de-9840-ba06af4db10b.jpg?v=1779074870\" alt=\"10 Pot Stylish Bamboo Plant Stand for In\/Outdoor, Bonsai Flower Display – solid pine, 6 inch\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/06608e21-b747-4da9-ae6b-c37b94c5344e.jpg?v=1779074870\" alt=\"10 Pot Stylish Bamboo Plant Stand for In\/Outdoor, Bonsai Flower Display – solid pine, 6 inch, view 7\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/a2f5e7eb-d729-46cd-b2ad-dc10247942bd.jpg?v=1779074870\" alt=\"10 Pot Stylish Bamboo Plant Stand for In\/Outdoor, Bonsai Flower Display – 6 inch, solid pine, view 6\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/c4401e2f-1ce0-48a4-aa40-81cd4f64b3f1.jpg?v=1779074870\" alt=\"10 Pot Stylish Bamboo Plant Stand for In\/Outdoor, Bonsai Flower Display – 6 inch, solid pine, view 10\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/d69f3926-0ffd-4846-9f5d-7fb187617e04.jpg?v=1779074870\" alt=\"10 Pot Stylish Bamboo Plant Stand for In\/Outdoor, Bonsai Flower Display – solid pine, 6 inch, view 11\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/9d6d665e-d987-4352-91b1-31056d4775a8.jpg?v=1779074870\" alt=\"10 Pot Stylish Bamboo Plant Stand for In\/Outdoor, Bonsai Flower Display – solid pine, 6 inch, view 9\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-description product-description--ai-ready\"\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eChoose 10 Pot Stylish Bamboo Plant Stand for In\/Outdoor, Bonsai Flower Display, Shelf Holder Rack when your priority is a vertical display for several plants that keeps the floor area organised. The solid pine and pine wood and its 6 inch format is best matched to a living room, balcony, patio or garden area that needs a more deliberate plant display. It is the stronger fit when flexibility and the listed configuration matter more than placing individual pots directly on the floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePractical use case:\u003c\/strong\u003e A practical use case is a living room, balcony, patio or garden area that needs a more deliberate plant display; confirm 6 inch, access and surrounding clearance against your own space before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBottom Tiers: EACH 10kg\/ 22lbs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMiddle Bottom Tier: 8kg\/ 18lbs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall Dimension: 84x25x70cm\/ 33.1x9.8x27.6 inch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTier Size: EACH 25x25cm\/ 9.8x9.8 inch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePackage Size:104x28x6cm\/ 40.94x11.02x2.36 inch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not screw too tightly to prevent the wood from cracking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eHow It Compares\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eThis comparison focuses on the buying tradeoffs most likely to affect the decision.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDecision factor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eThis product\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eplacing individual pots directly on the floor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFloor-space use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVertical, multi-level display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe alternative may offer a simpler single-purpose setup\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDisplay capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUses solid pine and pine wood\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial and finish vary by the alternative selected\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePlant visibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDesigned for a living room, balcony, patio or garden area that needs a more deliberate plant display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMay suit a different room layout or priority\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePlacement flexibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConfirm 6 inch and the listed care details\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompare total size, care and installation needs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003ePlease note that plants and flowers in the picture are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eThe flower stand parts will be sent by separate and without assembling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003ePlease refer to the measurement. Tiny measuring error is allowable in normal range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eBefore You Order\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck 6 inch, doorways and surrounding clearance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReview the selected variant, colour and finish shown in the product options.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFollow the supplied assembly, placement and care instructions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my pots and available corner?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse 6 inch and the product images to compare the item's footprint with your available space, including access and clearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch3\u003eIs it suitable for the intended indoor or outdoor position?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis option prioritises floor-space use and display capacity, while placing individual pots directly on the floor may suit shoppers who value a simpler or different layout.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch3\u003eHow much assembly and ongoing care should I expect?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFollow the supplied assembly and care information. Match the solid pine and pine wood finish to the intended location and avoid loads or uses beyond the product details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Metro Elegance","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41954495365208,"sku":"ZJJ242","price":79.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/12db39f4-9650-41de-9840-ba06af4db10b.jpg?v=1779074870"},{"product_id":"3-tier-bamboo-plant-stand-elegant-flower-shelf-storage-rack-for-your-balcony-garden-and-outdoor-spaces","title":"3-Tier Bamboo Plant Stand – Elegant Flower Shelf \u0026 Storage Rack for Your Balcony, Garden, and Outdoor Spaces","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg alt=\"3-Tier Bamboo Plant Stand – Elegant Flower Shelf \u0026amp; Storage Rack for Your – white, 22 cm\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0611\/8385\/2649\/files\/Screenshot_2025-02-10_at_10.58.21_AM.png?v=1739138347\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg alt=\"3-Tier Bamboo Plant Stand – Elegant Flower Shelf \u0026amp; Storage Rack for Your – 22 cm, white\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0611\/8385\/2649\/files\/Screenshot_2025-02-10_at_10.58.45_AM.png?v=1739138347\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg alt=\"3-Tier Bamboo Plant Stand – Elegant Flower Shelf \u0026amp; Storage Rack for Your – white, 22 cm, view 3\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0611\/8385\/2649\/files\/Screenshot_2025-02-10_at_10.58.33_AM.png?v=1739138347\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-description product-description--ai-ready\"\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e3-Tier Bamboo Plant Stand – Elegant Flower Shelf \u0026amp; Storage Rack for Your Balcony, Garden, and Outdoor Spaces is designed for buyers seeking a vertical display for several plants that keeps the floor area organised. Its defining details are bamboo and its 22 cm format, making it most useful in a living room, balcony, patio or garden area that needs a more deliberate plant display. Select it when those details solve the space or function better than placing individual pots directly on the floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePractical use case:\u003c\/strong\u003e A practical use case is a living room, balcony, patio or garden area that needs a more deliberate plant display; confirm 22 cm, access and surrounding clearance against your own space before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eElevate your greenery and add a touch of natural elegance to your home with this 3-Tier Bamboo Plant Stand.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe perfect blend of functionality and style, this stand features sturdy bamboo legs and crisp white plastic shelves, creating a fresh, modern look that complements any indoor or outdoor décor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShowcase your favorite flowers, succulents, or herbs on your balcony, in your garden, or even in a cozy corner of your living room.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNatural Bamboo Construction: Crafted from sustainable bamboo for durability, stability, and eco-friendly charm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVersatile 3-Tier Design: Each tier can hold up to 10 kg (22 lbs), giving you generous space to display a variety of plants and decorative items.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlate Outer Diameter: 22 cm (8.66 in).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eHow It Compares\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eThis comparison focuses on the buying tradeoffs most likely to affect the decision.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDecision factor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eThis product\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eplacing individual pots directly on the floor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFloor-space use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVertical, multi-level display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe alternative may offer a simpler single-purpose setup\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDisplay capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUses bamboo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial and finish vary by the alternative selected\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePlant visibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDesigned for a living room, balcony, patio or garden area that needs a more deliberate plant display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMay suit a different room layout or priority\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePlacement flexibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConfirm 22 cm and the listed care details\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompare total size, care and installation needs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eElevate your greenery and add a touch of natural elegance to your home with this 3-Tier Bamboo Plant Stand. The perfect blend of functionality and style, this stand features sturdy bamboo legs and crisp white plastic shelves, creating a fresh, modern look that complements any indoor or outdoor décor. Showcase your favorite flowers, succulents, or herbs on your balcony, in your garden, or even in a cozy corner of your living room.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eTier Heights: 20 cm (7.9 in), 60 cm (23.6 in), and 80 cm (31.5 in).\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eCompact \u0026amp; Lightweight: Weighing just 2 kg, this stand is easy to move and position wherever you need a splash of greenery.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eBefore You Order\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck 22 cm, doorways and surrounding clearance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReview the selected variant, colour and finish shown in the product options.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFollow the supplied assembly, placement and care instructions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my pots and available corner?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse 22 cm and the product images to compare the item's footprint with your available space, including access and clearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch3\u003eIs it suitable for the intended indoor or outdoor position?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis option prioritises floor-space use and display capacity, while placing individual pots directly on the floor may suit shoppers who value a simpler or different layout.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch3\u003eHow much assembly and ongoing care should I expect?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFollow the supplied assembly and care information. Match the bamboo finish to the intended location and avoid loads or uses beyond the product details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Metro Elegance UK","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42658317238360,"sku":"XJJ456-S","price":89.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/Screenshot_2025-02-10_at_10.58.21_AM.png?v=1739343936"},{"product_id":"3-tier-bamboo-ladder-shelf-a-stylish-flower-plant-rack-for-indoor-outdoor-use","title":"3-Tier Bamboo Ladder Shelf – A Stylish Flower \u0026 Plant Rack for Indoor\/Outdoor Use","description":"\u003csection class=\"product-description product-description--ai-ready\"\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e3-Tier Bamboo Ladder Shelf – A Stylish Flower \u0026amp; Plant Rack for Indoor\/Outdoor Use is designed for buyers seeking a vertical display for several plants that keeps the floor area organised. Its defining details are bamboo and its 97 cm format, making it most useful in a living room, balcony, patio or garden area that needs a more deliberate plant display. Select it when those details solve the space or function better than placing individual pots directly on the floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePractical use case:\u003c\/strong\u003e A practical use case is a living room, balcony, patio or garden area that needs a more deliberate plant display; confirm 97 cm, access and surrounding clearance against your own space before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdd a natural touch to your living space or garden with this 3-Tier Bamboo Ladder Shelf.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCrafted from premium, eco-friendly bamboo, this versatile rack offers ample storage and display for potted plants, flowers, or decorative items.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIts ladder-style design ensures stability and a unique, eye-catching look—perfect for balconies, patios, or any indoor corner that needs a touch of greenery.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight Capacity: 42 kg \/ 92 lbs in total.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 70 × 38 × 97 cm (27.56 × 14.96 × 38.19 in).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePackage Size: 104 × 38 × 3.3 cm (40.94 × 14.96 × 1.30 in).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eHow It Compares\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eThis comparison focuses on the buying tradeoffs most likely to affect the decision.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDecision factor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eThis product\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eplacing individual pots directly on the floor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFloor-space use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVertical, multi-level display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe alternative may offer a simpler single-purpose setup\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDisplay capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUses bamboo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial and finish vary by the alternative selected\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePlant visibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDesigned for a living room, balcony, patio or garden area that needs a more deliberate plant display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMay suit a different room layout or priority\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePlacement flexibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConfirm 97 cm and the listed care details\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompare total size, care and installation needs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eAdd a natural touch to your living space or garden with this 3-Tier Bamboo Ladder Shelf. Crafted from premium, eco-friendly bamboo, this versatile rack offers ample storage and display for potted plants, flowers, or decorative items. Its ladder-style design ensures stability and a unique, eye-catching look—perfect for balconies, patios, or any indoor corner that needs a touch of greenery.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eDimensions: 100 × 38 × 97 cm (39.37 × 14.96 × 38.19 in).\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eVersatile Placement: Perfect for indoor use in living rooms or entryways, and sturdy enough for outdoor areas like patios or balconies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eBefore You Order\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck 97 cm, doorways and surrounding clearance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReview the selected variant, colour and finish shown in the product options.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFollow the supplied assembly, placement and care instructions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my pots and available corner?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse 97 cm and the product images to compare the item's footprint with your available space, including access and clearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch3\u003eIs it suitable for the intended indoor or outdoor position?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis option prioritises floor-space use and display capacity, while placing individual pots directly on the floor may suit shoppers who value a simpler or different layout.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch3\u003eHow much assembly and ongoing care should I expect?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFollow the supplied assembly and care information. Match the bamboo finish to the intended location and avoid loads or uses beyond the product details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Metro Elegance UK","offers":[{"title":"Large","offer_id":42658317369432,"sku":"8FNZ70","price":109.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Extra Large","offer_id":42658317402200,"sku":"8FNZ100-G2","price":119.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/315a1ba1-dab9-4c24-99fc-2a4a48b4997b.jpg?v=1739343963"},{"product_id":"set-of-2-small-round-wooden-end-side-tables-3-leg-plant-stands-flower-pot-holders","title":"Set of 2 Small Round Wooden End Side Tables – 3-Leg Plant Stands \u0026 Flower Pot Holders","description":"\u003csection class=\"product-description product-description--ai-ready\"\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eChoose Set of 2 Small Round Wooden End Side Tables – 3-Leg Plant Stands \u0026amp; Flower Pot Holders when your priority is a compact surface that keeps drinks, lighting and everyday items within reach beside a sofa or bed. The bamboo and wood and its 28 cm format is best matched to a compact living-room or bedroom position where the listed height and footprint fit. It is the stronger fit when flexibility and the listed configuration matter more than a larger fixed coffee table or bedside cabinet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePractical use case:\u003c\/strong\u003e A practical use case is a compact living-room or bedroom position where the listed height and footprint fit; confirm 28 cm, access and surrounding clearance against your own space before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdd a touch of natural elegance to your space with this set of two Tripod Plant Stands, crafted from eco-friendly bamboo that’s both durable and odorless.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEach stand features a sturdy, triangular structure capable of supporting up to 70 kg (150 lbs), ensuring a reliable display for your favorite plants, flowers, or decorative items.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWith a streamlined assembly—simply screw on the legs—these stands are not only stylish but also incredibly practical.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEco-Friendly Bamboo Construction.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade of high-quality bamboo, free from harmful chemicals or odors, for an all-natural aesthetic.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIdeal for showcasing potted plants, as a side table, or even as a handy shelf for books and décor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eHow It Compares\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eThis comparison focuses on the buying tradeoffs most likely to affect the decision.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDecision factor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eThis product\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ea larger fixed coffee table or bedside cabinet\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFootprint\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePurpose-built side table format\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe alternative may offer a simpler single-purpose setup\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eReach beside seating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUses bamboo and wood\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial and finish vary by the alternative selected\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eStorage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDesigned for a compact living-room or bedroom position where the listed height and footprint fit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMay suit a different room layout or priority\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eMobility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConfirm 28 cm and the listed care details\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompare total size, care and installation needs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eAdd a touch of natural elegance to your space with this set of two Tripod Plant Stands, crafted from eco-friendly bamboo that’s both durable and odorless. Each stand features a sturdy, triangular structure capable of supporting up to 70 kg (150 lbs), ensuring a reliable display for your favorite plants, flowers, or decorative items. With a streamlined assembly—simply screw on the legs—these stands are not only stylish but also incredibly practical.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eThe sturdy triangular structure supports up to 70 kg (150 lbs) per stand—perfect for larger pots or heavier decorative pieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eQuick installation with just a few screws; the thick, even paint coating extends the product’s lifespan and simplifies cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eBefore You Order\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck 28 cm, doorways and surrounding clearance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReview the selected variant, colour and finish shown in the product options.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFollow the supplied assembly, placement and care instructions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003ch3\u003eIs the height right beside my sofa or bed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse 28 cm and the product images to compare the item's footprint with your available space, including access and clearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch3\u003eWill the top hold my everyday essentials?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis option prioritises footprint and reach beside seating, while a larger fixed coffee table or bedside cabinet may suit shoppers who value a simpler or different layout.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch3\u003eHow should the surface be protected and cleaned?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFollow the supplied assembly and care information. Match the bamboo and wood finish to the intended location and avoid loads or uses beyond the product details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Metro Elegance UK","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42658317533272,"sku":"ZJJ461-G2","price":109.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/febd8718-cf49-4594-ae2c-52dbd702b6b3.jpg?v=1739343982"},{"product_id":"wooden-corner-plant-shelf-indoor-outdoor-stand-for-pots-and-decorative-displays","title":"Wooden Corner Plant Shelf – Indoor\/Outdoor Stand for Pots and Decorative Displays","description":"\u003csection class=\"product-description product-description--ai-ready\"\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eIf you need a vertical display for several plants that keeps the floor area organised, Wooden Corner Plant Shelf – Indoor\/Outdoor Stand for Pots and Decorative Displays is a purpose-built option to consider. Its solid pine and pine wood and its 61.5 cm format suits a living room, balcony, patio or garden area that needs a more deliberate plant display. The decision comes down to whether this layout is more useful for your room than placing individual pots directly on the floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePractical use case:\u003c\/strong\u003e A practical use case is a living room, balcony, patio or garden area that needs a more deliberate plant display; confirm 61.5 cm, access and surrounding clearance against your own space before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eElevate your greenery and home décor with this Wooden Corner Plant Shelf, crafted from solid pine wood and finished in a warm brown tone.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePerfect for indoor or outdoor use, it features multiple tiers to showcase succulents, flowers, herbs, or decorative items.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhether placed on a balcony, patio, or in your living room, this sturdy yet lightweight shelving unit adds a rustic charm to any space.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSolid Pine Wood Construction.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuilt from high-quality pine wood for a natural look and long-lasting durability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMultiple tiers let you neatly organize your plants or décor while saving valuable floor space.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eHow It Compares\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eThis comparison focuses on the buying tradeoffs most likely to affect the decision.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDecision factor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eThis product\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eplacing individual pots directly on the floor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFloor-space use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVertical, multi-level display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe alternative may offer a simpler single-purpose setup\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDisplay capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUses solid pine and pine wood\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial and finish vary by the alternative selected\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePlant visibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDesigned for a living room, balcony, patio or garden area that needs a more deliberate plant display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMay suit a different room layout or priority\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePlacement flexibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConfirm 61.5 cm and the listed care details\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompare total size, care and installation needs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eElevate your greenery and home décor with this Wooden Corner Plant Shelf, crafted from solid pine wood and finished in a warm brown tone. Perfect for indoor or outdoor use, it features multiple tiers to showcase succulents, flowers, herbs, or decorative items. Whether placed on a balcony, patio, or in your living room, this sturdy yet lightweight shelving unit adds a rustic charm to any space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eAt 60 × 11.5 × 61.5 cm (23.6 × 4.5 × 24.2 in), it fits comfortably in corners or smaller areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eHolds up to 15 kg (33 lbs) in total, with each tier supporting 2.5 kg (5.5 lbs).\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eBefore You Order\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck 61.5 cm, doorways and surrounding clearance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReview the selected variant, colour and finish shown in the product options.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFollow the supplied assembly, placement and care instructions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my pots and available corner?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse 61.5 cm and the product images to compare the item's footprint with your available space, including access and clearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch3\u003eIs it suitable for the intended indoor or outdoor position?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis option prioritises floor-space use and display capacity, while placing individual pots directly on the floor may suit shoppers who value a simpler or different layout.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch3\u003eHow much assembly and ongoing care should I expect?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFollow the supplied assembly and care information. Match the solid pine and pine wood finish to the intended location and avoid loads or uses beyond the product details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Metro Elegance UK","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42658317762648,"sku":"XJJ366","price":29.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/8c062528-1059-4c66-9230-172dc0b58b8f.jpg?v=1739343996"},{"product_id":"solid-pine-wood-multi-tier-plant-stand-indoor-outdoor-flower-pot-holder-and-ladder-shelf","title":"Solid Pine Wood Multi-Tier Plant Stand – Indoor \u0026 Outdoor Flower Pot Holder and Ladder Shelf","description":"\u003csection class=\"product-description product-description--ai-ready\"\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eChoose Solid Pine Wood Multi-Tier Plant Stand – Indoor \u0026amp; Outdoor Flower Pot Holder and Ladder Shelf when your priority is a vertical display for several plants that keeps the floor area organised. The solid pine and pine wood and its 50 cm format is best matched to a living room, balcony, patio or garden area that needs a more deliberate plant display. It is the stronger fit when flexibility and the listed configuration matter more than placing individual pots directly on the floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePractical use case:\u003c\/strong\u003e A practical use case is a living room, balcony, patio or garden area that needs a more deliberate plant display; confirm 50 cm, access and surrounding clearance against your own space before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnhance your living spaces with this Solid Pine Wood Multi-Tier Plant Stand, designed to stylishly showcase your favorite greenery—be it Scindapsus aureus, succulents, or cacti.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCrafted from sturdy pine wood and finished in a warm brown color, this ladder-style stand easily fits into offices, patios, gardens, porches, or balconies.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThanks to its compact design and robust construction, it offers a practical yet decorative solution for organizing multiple plants, flowers, or even small home accessories.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMulti-Tiered Design: Provides ample space for displaying various potted plants, creating an eye-catching vertical garden.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy Assembly: Comes with a simple instruction guide and screws, allowing you to set it up in minutes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDurable \u0026amp; Lightweight: Weighing only 1.35 kg (3 lbs), it’s easy to reposition while still holding up to 10 kg (22 lbs) in total.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eHow It Compares\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eThis comparison focuses on the buying tradeoffs most likely to affect the decision.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDecision factor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eThis product\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eplacing individual pots directly on the floor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFloor-space use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVertical, multi-level display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe alternative may offer a simpler single-purpose setup\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDisplay capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUses solid pine and pine wood\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial and finish vary by the alternative selected\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePlant visibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDesigned for a living room, balcony, patio or garden area that needs a more deliberate plant display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMay suit a different room layout or priority\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePlacement flexibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConfirm 50 cm and the listed care details\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompare total size, care and installation needs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eEnhance your living spaces with this Solid Pine Wood Multi-Tier Plant Stand, designed to stylishly showcase your favorite greenery—be it Scindapsus aureus, succulents, or cacti. Crafted from sturdy pine wood and finished in a warm brown color, this ladder-style stand easily fits into offices, patios, gardens, porches, or balconies. Thanks to its compact design and robust construction, it offers a practical yet decorative solution for organizing multiple plants, flowers, or even small home accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eVersatile Placement: Suitable for both indoor and outdoor settings—perfect for brightening up offices, patios, gardens, porches, and balconies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eNatural Aesthetic: Constructed from solid pine wood, it adds a rustic, natural charm to any décor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eBefore You Order\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck 50 cm, doorways and surrounding clearance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReview the selected variant, colour and finish shown in the product options.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFollow the supplied assembly, placement and care instructions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my pots and available corner?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse 50 cm and the product images to compare the item's footprint with your available space, including access and clearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch3\u003eIs it suitable for the intended indoor or outdoor position?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis option prioritises floor-space use and display capacity, while placing individual pots directly on the floor may suit shoppers who value a simpler or different layout.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch3\u003eHow much assembly and ongoing care should I expect?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFollow the supplied assembly and care information. Match the solid pine and pine wood finish to the intended location and avoid loads or uses beyond the product details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Metro Elegance UK","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42658317893720,"sku":"XJJ367","price":29.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/9f15a042-9793-4517-8a4c-459857c83259.jpg?v=1739344009"},{"product_id":"11-tier-carbonized-wood-plant-stand-extra-wide-pot-display-for-indoor-outdoor-spaces","title":"11-Tier Carbonized Wood Plant Stand – Extra-Wide Pot Display for Indoor \u0026 Outdoor Spaces","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--video\"\u003e\u003cvideo style=\"max-width: 100%; height: auto;\" controls=\"controls\"\u003e\n  \u003csource type=\"video\/mp4\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/videos\/c\/o\/v\/c2f76e8e9364439bacbf90204852c1e3.mp4\"\u003e\n11-Tier Carbonized Wood Plant Stand – Extra-Wide Pot Display for Indoor \u0026amp; Outdoor Spaces\n\u003c\/source\u003e\u003c\/video\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/5519a6eb-2215-416b-887c-1464d2d37731.jpg?v=1739344021\" alt=\"11-Tier Carbonized Wood Plant Stand – Extra-Wide Pot Display for Indoor – brown, 115 cm, view 3\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/425ec67b-1b2d-4b4f-bf78-509d40b37d75.jpg?v=1739344021\" alt=\"11-Tier Carbonized Wood Plant Stand – Extra-Wide Pot Display for Indoor – brown, 115 cm, view 5\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/6267b141-9ef1-4cac-a812-9682e94f096c.jpg?v=1739344021\" alt=\"11-Tier Carbonized Wood Plant Stand – Extra-Wide Pot Display for Indoor – 115 cm, brown, view 6\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/54969f0a-cc2d-43fe-b9be-7bdaabf4dca4.jpg?v=1739344021\" alt=\"11-Tier Carbonized Wood Plant Stand – Extra-Wide Pot Display for Indoor – brown, 115 cm, view 7\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/185b11be-a103-422d-b6b9-f1e52ac697e3.jpg?v=1739344021\" alt=\"11-Tier Carbonized Wood Plant Stand – Extra-Wide Pot Display for Indoor – 115 cm, brown\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/6c4dd3fa-f1d8-4f60-816a-acffab864293.jpg?v=1739344021\" alt=\"11-Tier Carbonized Wood Plant Stand – Extra-Wide Pot Display for Indoor – brown, 115 cm\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-description product-description--ai-ready\"\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eChoose 11-Tier Carbonized Wood Plant Stand – Extra-Wide Pot Display for Indoor \u0026amp; Outdoor Spaces when your priority is a vertical display for several plants that keeps the floor area organised. The carbonized wood and pine wood and its 115 cm format is best matched to a living room, balcony, patio or garden area that needs a more deliberate plant display. It is the stronger fit when flexibility and the listed configuration matter more than placing individual pots directly on the floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePractical use case:\u003c\/strong\u003e A practical use case is a living room, balcony, patio or garden area that needs a more deliberate plant display; confirm 115 cm, access and surrounding clearance against your own space before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShow off your greenery in style with this 11-Tier Carbonized Wood Plant Stand, perfect for flower shops, offices, and both indoor and outdoor gardens.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCrafted from natural pine wood and reinforced with metal elements, it features a medium-brown, stained finish for enhanced durability and rustic charm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWith multiple tiers and generous weight capacities, it easily accommodates various pot sizes—from top-shelf succulents to heavier floor plants—while keeping everything neatly organized in one eye-catching display.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSturdy Pine Wood \u0026amp; Metal Construction.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade from natural pine wood for long-lasting stability, with metal reinforcements to support heavier loads.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe carbonized treatment and medium-brown stain improve the wood’s durability and resistance to moisture, making it ideal for indoor or outdoor use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eHow It Compares\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eThis comparison focuses on the buying tradeoffs most likely to affect the decision.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDecision factor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eThis product\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eplacing individual pots directly on the floor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFloor-space use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVertical, multi-level display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe alternative may offer a simpler single-purpose setup\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDisplay capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUses carbonized wood and pine wood\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial and finish vary by the alternative selected\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePlant visibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDesigned for a living room, balcony, patio or garden area that needs a more deliberate plant display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMay suit a different room layout or priority\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePlacement flexibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConfirm 115 cm and the listed care details\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompare total size, care and installation needs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eShow off your greenery in style with this 11-Tier Carbonized Wood Plant Stand, perfect for flower shops, offices, and both indoor and outdoor gardens. Crafted from natural pine wood and reinforced with metal elements, it features a medium-brown, stained finish for enhanced durability and rustic charm. With multiple tiers and generous weight capacities, it easily accommodates various pot sizes—from top-shelf succulents to heavier floor plants—while keeping everything neatly organized in one eye-catching display.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eAccommodates a variety of potted plants, offering ample display space for succulents, flowers, herbs, and more.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eSecond \u0026amp; Third Tiers (Left \u0026amp; Right): 38 × 25 cm (15 × 10 in) each.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eBefore You Order\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck 115 cm, doorways and surrounding clearance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReview the selected variant, colour and finish shown in the product options.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFollow the supplied assembly, placement and care instructions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my pots and available corner?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse 115 cm and the product images to compare the item's footprint with your available space, including access and clearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch3\u003eIs it suitable for the intended indoor or outdoor position?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis option prioritises floor-space use and display capacity, while placing individual pots directly on the floor may suit shoppers who value a simpler or different layout.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch3\u003eHow much assembly and ongoing care should I expect?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFollow the supplied assembly and care information. Match the carbonized wood and pine wood finish to the intended location and avoid loads or uses beyond the product details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Metro Elegance UK","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42658318057560,"sku":"XJJ149","price":159.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/6c4dd3fa-f1d8-4f60-816a-acffab864293.jpg?v=1739344021"},{"product_id":"5-6-tier-tall-bamboo-corner-plant-stand-indoor-outdoor-flower-display-rack","title":"5 \/ 6 Tier Tall Bamboo Corner Plant Stand – Indoor \u0026 Outdoor Flower Display Rack","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--video\"\u003e\u003cvideo controls=\"controls\" style=\"max-width: 100%; height: auto;\"\u003e\n  \u003csource src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/videos\/c\/o\/v\/8ab76b36cb8b4475b6ff51b1ad00b780.mp4\" type=\"video\/mp4\"\u003e\n5 \/ 6 Tier Tall Bamboo Corner Plant Stand – Indoor \u0026amp; Outdoor Flower Display Rack\n\u003c\/source\u003e\u003c\/video\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/056a6745-d115-40f8-9a5b-d68fbaebd37c.jpg?v=1739344035\" alt='5 \/ 6 Tier Tall Bamboo Corner Plant Stand – Indoor \u0026amp; Outdoor Flower – brown\/beige, 15.7\" × 8\" × 40.2\"'\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/Sb12cccb0d6e745bb9be4692650882d06c.webp?v=1779083446\" alt='5 \/ 6 Tier Tall Bamboo Corner Plant Stand – Indoor \u0026amp; Outdoor Flower – 15.7\" × 8\" × 40.2\", brown\/beige, view 10'\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/S1cbd93cfb95d467ca4f2e83b36f588079.webp?v=1779083446\" alt='5 \/ 6 Tier Tall Bamboo Corner Plant Stand – Indoor \u0026amp; Outdoor Flower – brown\/beige, 15.7\" × 8\" × 40.2\", view 9'\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/S150300e667c848019b8d0fb33ca332a86.webp?v=1779083447\" alt='5 \/ 6 Tier Tall Bamboo Corner Plant Stand – Indoor \u0026amp; Outdoor Flower – brown\/beige, 15.7\" × 8\" × 40.2\", view 11'\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/91b07d66-dda1-4077-aaa8-a7981e3b8049.jpg?v=1739344035\" alt='5 \/ 6 Tier Tall Bamboo Corner Plant Stand – Indoor \u0026amp; Outdoor Flower – brown\/beige, 15.7\" × 8\" × 40.2\", view 7'\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/adf84238-4749-4fe3-86b8-38c55138c551.jpg?v=1739344035\" alt='5 \/ 6 Tier Tall Bamboo Corner Plant Stand – Indoor \u0026amp; Outdoor Flower – 15.7\" × 8\" × 40.2\", brown\/beige, view 8'\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/7fa409d5-6b70-4ede-bd56-d37ccef835fe.jpg?v=1739344035\" alt='5 \/ 6 Tier Tall Bamboo Corner Plant Stand – Indoor \u0026amp; Outdoor Flower – brown\/beige, 15.7\" × 8\" × 40.2\", view 5'\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/7fbe5c3b-82be-464a-8ad1-12d8ba86a27c.jpg?v=1739344035\" alt='5 \/ 6 Tier Tall Bamboo Corner Plant Stand – Indoor \u0026amp; Outdoor Flower – 15.7\" × 8\" × 40.2\", brown\/beige, view 6'\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/f5930292-7ebd-48b4-bf8d-27d593e09dec.jpg?v=1739344035\" alt='5 \/ 6 Tier Tall Bamboo Corner Plant Stand – Indoor \u0026amp; Outdoor Flower – 15.7\" × 8\" × 40.2\", brown\/beige, view 4'\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/e01bdba2-b120-46c2-88fd-4d6aa65f8043.jpg?v=1739344035\" alt='5 \/ 6 Tier Tall Bamboo Corner Plant Stand – Indoor \u0026amp; Outdoor Flower – brown\/beige, 15.7\" × 8\" × 40.2\", view 3'\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/6d15a326-f0cf-4e8a-b497-3c78d80a4bf1.jpg?v=1739344035\" alt='5 \/ 6 Tier Tall Bamboo Corner Plant Stand – Indoor \u0026amp; Outdoor Flower – 15.7\" × 8\" × 40.2\", brown\/beige'\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-description product-description--ai-ready\"\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eChoose 5 \/ 6 Tier Tall Bamboo Corner Plant Stand – Indoor \u0026amp; Outdoor Flower Display Rack when your priority is a vertical display for several plants that keeps the floor area organised. The bamboo and its 102 cm format is best matched to a living room, balcony, patio or garden area that needs a more deliberate plant display. It is the stronger fit when flexibility and the listed configuration matter more than placing individual pots directly on the floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePractical use case:\u003c\/strong\u003e A practical use case is a living room, balcony, patio or garden area that needs a more deliberate plant display; confirm 102 cm, access and surrounding clearance against your own space before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTransform any corner of your home or garden into a lush botanical showcase with this Tall Bamboo Corner Plant Stand.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChoose between the 5-tier or 6-tier version to accommodate up to 6 or 7 potted plants respectively, making it perfect for both small and large collections of flowers, succulents, and more.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCrafted from durable bamboo, this display rack provides a sturdy, eco-friendly solution for organizing your greenery in a space-saving vertical layout.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5-Tier (6 Potted Plants): 40 × 20.2 × 102 cm (15.7\" × 8\" × 40.2\").\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight Capacity: 45 kg (99 lbs) total.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6-Tier (7 Potted Plants): 40 × 20.2 × 121.9 cm (15.7\" × 8\" × 48\").\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eHow It Compares\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eThis comparison focuses on the buying tradeoffs most likely to affect the decision.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDecision factor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eThis product\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eplacing individual pots directly on the floor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFloor-space use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVertical, multi-level display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe alternative may offer a simpler single-purpose setup\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDisplay capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUses bamboo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial and finish vary by the alternative selected\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePlant visibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDesigned for a living room, balcony, patio or garden area that needs a more deliberate plant display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMay suit a different room layout or priority\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePlacement flexibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConfirm 102 cm and the listed care details\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompare total size, care and installation needs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eTransform any corner of your home or garden into a lush botanical showcase with this Tall Bamboo Corner Plant Stand. Choose between the 5-tier or 6-tier version to accommodate up to 6 or 7 potted plants respectively, making it perfect for both small and large collections of flowers, succulents, and more. Crafted from durable bamboo, this display rack provides a sturdy, eco-friendly solution for organizing your greenery in a space-saving vertical layout.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eNaturally sturdy and moisture-resistant, bamboo is ideal for both indoor and outdoor settings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eMaximizes vertical storage in small areas like balconies, hallways, and patio corners, while keeping plants organized.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eBefore You Order\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck 102 cm, doorways and surrounding clearance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReview the selected variant, colour and finish shown in the product options.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFollow the supplied assembly, placement and care instructions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my pots and available corner?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse 102 cm and the product images to compare the item's footprint with your available space, including access and clearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch3\u003eIs it suitable for the intended indoor or outdoor position?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis option prioritises floor-space use and display capacity, while placing individual pots directly on the floor may suit shoppers who value a simpler or different layout.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch3\u003eHow much assembly and ongoing care should I expect?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFollow the supplied assembly and care information. Match the bamboo finish to the intended location and avoid loads or uses beyond the product details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Metro Elegance UK","offers":[{"title":"5 Tier","offer_id":42658318286936,"sku":"XJJ197-S-G1","price":69.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"6 Tier","offer_id":42658318319704,"sku":"XJJ197-L-G1","price":89.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/056a6745-d115-40f8-9a5b-d68fbaebd37c.jpg?v=1739344035"},{"product_id":"multi-tier-pine-wood-plant-stand-indoor-outdoor-flower-display-rack-for-living-rooms-balconies-patios-and-gardens","title":"Multi-Tier Pine Wood Plant Stand – Indoor\/Outdoor Flower Display Rack for Living Rooms, Balconies, Patios, and Gardens","description":"\u003csection class=\"product-description product-description--ai-ready\"\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eFor shoppers comparing options for a vertical display for several plants that keeps the floor area organised, Multi-Tier Pine Wood Plant Stand – Indoor\/Outdoor Flower Display Rack for Living Rooms, Balconies, Patios, and Gardens offers a focused combination of pine wood and wood and its 96 cm format. It is intended for a living room, balcony, patio or garden area that needs a more deliberate plant display. Compare its listed measurements and finish with placing individual pots directly on the floor before deciding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePractical use case:\u003c\/strong\u003e A practical use case is a living room, balcony, patio or garden area that needs a more deliberate plant display; confirm 96 cm, access and surrounding clearance against your own space before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShowcase your favorite greenery in style with this Multi-Tier Pine Wood Plant Stand.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCrafted from natural pine wood and finished in a warm, medium-brown stain, it provides a rustic yet refined touch to any living space—indoors or outdoors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhether placed in your living room, balcony, patio, or garden, its sturdy design can hold up to 10–20 kg (22–44 lbs), making it perfect for a variety of potted plants and decorative items.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSturdy Construction: Made from natural pine wood for durability and a timeless, organic look.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpace-Saving Design: Multiple tiers allow you to display plants vertically, freeing up floor space.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGenerous Dimensions: At 95 × 25 × 96 cm (37.4 × 9.84 × 37.79 in), this rack accommodates various pot sizes and shapes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eHow It Compares\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eThis comparison focuses on the buying tradeoffs most likely to affect the decision.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDecision factor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eThis product\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eplacing individual pots directly on the floor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFloor-space use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVertical, multi-level display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe alternative may offer a simpler single-purpose setup\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDisplay capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUses pine wood and wood\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial and finish vary by the alternative selected\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePlant visibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDesigned for a living room, balcony, patio or garden area that needs a more deliberate plant display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMay suit a different room layout or priority\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePlacement flexibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConfirm 96 cm and the listed care details\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompare total size, care and installation needs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eShowcase your favorite greenery in style with this Multi-Tier Pine Wood Plant Stand. Crafted from natural pine wood and finished in a warm, medium-brown stain, it provides a rustic yet refined touch to any living space—indoors or outdoors. Whether placed in your living room, balcony, patio, or garden, its sturdy design can hold up to 10–20 kg (22–44 lbs), making it perfect for a variety of potted plants and decorative items.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eLoad-Bearing Capacity: Supports 10–20 kg (22–44 lbs) in total, ideal for an assortment of small to medium planters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eVersatile Use: Fits seamlessly in living rooms, balconies, patios, gardens—wherever you need a touch of greenery.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eBefore You Order\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck 96 cm, doorways and surrounding clearance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReview the selected variant, colour and finish shown in the product options.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFollow the supplied assembly, placement and care instructions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my pots and available corner?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse 96 cm and the product images to compare the item's footprint with your available space, including access and clearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch3\u003eIs it suitable for the intended indoor or outdoor position?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis option prioritises floor-space use and display capacity, while placing individual pots directly on the floor may suit shoppers who value a simpler or different layout.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch3\u003eHow much assembly and ongoing care should I expect?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFollow the supplied assembly and care information. Match the pine wood and wood finish to the intended location and avoid loads or uses beyond the product details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Metro Elegance UK","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42658318516312,"sku":"XJJ828","price":69.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/6436984a-e539-40da-9227-0c80b9e64be6.jpg?v=1739344047"},{"product_id":"2-piece-rustproof-metal-plant-stands-4-tier-flower-display-racks-in-white-black-for-gardens-balconies-and-offices","title":"2-Piece Rustproof Metal Plant Stands – 4-Tier Flower Display Racks in White \u0026 Black for Gardens, Balconies, and Offices","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--video\"\u003e\u003cvideo style=\"max-width: 100%; height: auto;\" controls=\"controls\"\u003e\n  \u003csource type=\"video\/mp4\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/videos\/c\/o\/v\/45b0eaf3636b415286a02b97a4c2ac8d.mp4\"\u003e\n2-Piece Rustproof Metal Plant Stands – 4-Tier Flower Display Racks in White \u0026amp; Black for Gardens, Balconies, and Offices\n\u003c\/source\u003e\u003c\/video\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/675251de-ba4b-4a1f-98aa-c9998c802bcd.jpg?v=1739344090\" alt=\"2-Piece Rustproof Metal Plant Stands – 4-Tier Flower Display Racks – black\/white, 17 cm, view 3\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/577a8990-2ffa-4105-b4c1-f9ffa0c521e1.jpg?v=1739344090\" alt=\"2-Piece Rustproof Metal Plant Stands – 4-Tier Flower Display Racks – 17 cm, black\/white\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/S247c762f093c4e7aadba20887e90e9f6n.webp?v=1779090844\" alt=\"2-Piece Rustproof Metal Plant Stands – 4-Tier Flower Display Racks – 17 cm, black\/white, view 10\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/Scfc06f7391dc4be1ae905b8b75121c5cN.webp?v=1779090844\" alt=\"2-Piece Rustproof Metal Plant Stands – 4-Tier Flower Display Racks – 17 cm, black\/white, view 12\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/9a2a65e3-919d-40b3-9f53-cb9ef7622644.jpg?v=1739344090\" alt=\"2-Piece Rustproof Metal Plant Stands – 4-Tier Flower Display Racks – 17 cm, black\/white, view 6\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/5cc6cb9e-fa0c-4d44-8cf4-ef8fa1d619fd.jpg?v=1739344090\" alt=\"2-Piece Rustproof Metal Plant Stands – 4-Tier Flower Display Racks – black\/white, 17 cm, view 5\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/c961936d-274e-47d0-9f13-9860b02e7617.jpg?v=1739344090\" alt=\"2-Piece Rustproof Metal Plant Stands – 4-Tier Flower Display Racks – black\/white, 17 cm, view 9\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/bc919139-e9a0-4894-911c-e8603ebe0025.jpg?v=1739344090\" alt=\"2-Piece Rustproof Metal Plant Stands – 4-Tier Flower Display Racks – 17 cm, black\/white, view 8\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/S0762dd79cb0841fb9223ca1b535cd36ag.webp?v=1779090845\" alt=\"2-Piece Rustproof Metal Plant Stands – 4-Tier Flower Display Racks – black\/white, 17 cm\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-description product-description--ai-ready\"\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eIf you need a vertical display for several plants that keeps the floor area organised, 2-Piece Rustproof Metal Plant Stands – 4-Tier Flower Display Racks in White \u0026amp; Black for Gardens, Balconies, and Offices is a purpose-built option to consider. Its metal and its 17 cm format suits a living room, balcony, patio or garden area that needs a more deliberate plant display. The decision comes down to whether this layout is more useful for your room than placing individual pots directly on the floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePractical use case:\u003c\/strong\u003e A practical use case is a living room, balcony, patio or garden area that needs a more deliberate plant display; confirm 17 cm, access and surrounding clearance against your own space before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGive your succulents, cacti, orchids, and other favorite greenery a stylish home with these 2-Piece Rustproof Metal Plant Stands.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEach stand features a modern 4-tier design, perfect for displaying multiple potted plants without taking up too much floor space.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCrafted from durable iron with a rust-resistant finish, these stands are suitable for both indoor and outdoor use—making them an excellent choice for living rooms, patios, gardens, or balconies.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModern 4-Tier Design: Accommodates four potted plants per stand, ideal for succulents, cacti, orchids, and more.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRustproof Metal Construction: Made from sturdy iron, ensuring long-lasting durability and resilience against the elements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpace-Saving \u0026amp; Stylish: Compact dimensions and a sleek, modern aesthetic fit seamlessly into any décor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eHow It Compares\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eThis comparison focuses on the buying tradeoffs most likely to affect the decision.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDecision factor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eThis product\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eplacing individual pots directly on the floor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFloor-space use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVertical, multi-level display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe alternative may offer a simpler single-purpose setup\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDisplay capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUses metal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial and finish vary by the alternative selected\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePlant visibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDesigned for a living room, balcony, patio or garden area that needs a more deliberate plant display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMay suit a different room layout or priority\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePlacement flexibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConfirm 17 cm and the listed care details\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompare total size, care and installation needs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eGive your succulents, cacti, orchids, and other favorite greenery a stylish home with these 2-Piece Rustproof Metal Plant Stands. Each stand features a modern 4-tier design, perfect for displaying multiple potted plants without taking up too much floor space. Crafted from durable iron with a rust-resistant finish, these stands are suitable for both indoor and outdoor use—making them an excellent choice for living rooms, patios, gardens, or balconies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eGenerous Capacity: Each tier supports up to 5 kg (11 lbs), and pots up to 17 cm (6.7 in) in diameter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eVersatile Usage: Suitable for indoor or outdoor settings—perfect for balconies, patios, offices, or living rooms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eBefore You Order\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck 17 cm, doorways and surrounding clearance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReview the selected variant, colour and finish shown in the product options.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFollow the supplied assembly, placement and care instructions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my pots and available corner?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse 17 cm and the product images to compare the item's footprint with your available space, including access and clearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch3\u003eIs it suitable for the intended indoor or outdoor position?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis option prioritises floor-space use and display capacity, while placing individual pots directly on the floor may suit shoppers who value a simpler or different layout.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch3\u003eHow much assembly and ongoing care should I expect?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFollow the supplied assembly and care information. Match the metal finish to the intended location and avoid loads or uses beyond the product details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Metro Elegance UK","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":42658319106136,"sku":"XJJ686-BK","price":79.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White","offer_id":42658319138904,"sku":"XJJ686-WT","price":79.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/S0762dd79cb0841fb9223ca1b535cd36ag.webp?v=1779090845"},{"product_id":"3-4-tier-foldable-metal-ladder-plant-stand-indoor-outdoor-flower-display-shelf-for-home-garden-and-patio","title":"3\/4-Tier Foldable Metal Ladder Plant Stand – Indoor\/Outdoor Flower Display Shelf for Home, Garden, and Patio","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/7b4cda36-3e9f-4bcb-b412-c8df8354d8ba.jpg?v=1739344111\" alt=\"3\/4-Tier Foldable Metal Ladder Plant Stand – Indoor\/Outdoor Flower – 22 cm, black, view 4\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/dd2c958e-7259-495c-b484-54dfc128d817.jpg?v=1739344112\" alt=\"3\/4-Tier Foldable Metal Ladder Plant Stand – Indoor\/Outdoor Flower – black, 22 cm, view 9\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/081c8e22-e01c-4e17-a19a-09c129156893.jpg?v=1739344112\" alt=\"3\/4-Tier Foldable Metal Ladder Plant Stand – Indoor\/Outdoor Flower – 22 cm, black, view 8\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/cffec17f-0b98-49ec-827c-7f2a7570cd7b.jpg?v=1739344111\" alt=\"3\/4-Tier Foldable Metal Ladder Plant Stand – Indoor\/Outdoor Flower – 22 cm, black\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/83ed69f1-2b9f-48bb-9319-44739becfb75.jpg?v=1739344112\" alt=\"3\/4-Tier Foldable Metal Ladder Plant Stand – Indoor\/Outdoor Flower – black, 22 cm, view 7\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-description product-description--ai-ready\"\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eIf you need a vertical display for several plants that keeps the floor area organised, 3\/4-Tier Foldable Metal Ladder Plant Stand – Indoor\/Outdoor Flower Display Shelf for Home, Garden, and Patio is a purpose-built option to consider. Its metal and its 22 cm format suits a living room, balcony, patio or garden area that needs a more deliberate plant display. The decision comes down to whether this layout is more useful for your room than placing individual pots directly on the floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePractical use case:\u003c\/strong\u003e A practical use case is a living room, balcony, patio or garden area that needs a more deliberate plant display; confirm 22 cm, access and surrounding clearance against your own space before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBring style and organization to your greenery with this Foldable Metal Ladder Plant Stand, available in two sizes—perfect for both indoor and outdoor settings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIts sturdy iron construction supports up to 5 kg (11 lbs) on each tier, making it ideal for showcasing succulents, flowers, or potted herbs in your home, garden, or patio.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThanks to its foldable design, you can easily move or store this plant stand whenever needed, while the sleek black finish complements any décor style.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChoose from two height options to accommodate different pot sizes and arrangements—perfect for balconies, living rooms, or entryways.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEffortlessly collapse the stand for convenient storage or transport, making it ideal for small spaces or seasonal rearrangements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCrafted from black iron for a sleek look and reliable stability, each tier holds up to 5 kg (11 lbs).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eHow It Compares\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eThis comparison focuses on the buying tradeoffs most likely to affect the decision.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDecision factor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eThis product\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eplacing individual pots directly on the floor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFloor-space use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVertical, multi-level display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe alternative may offer a simpler single-purpose setup\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDisplay capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUses metal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial and finish vary by the alternative selected\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePlant visibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDesigned for a living room, balcony, patio or garden area that needs a more deliberate plant display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMay suit a different room layout or priority\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePlacement flexibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConfirm 22 cm and the listed care details\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompare total size, care and installation needs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eBring style and organization to your greenery with this Foldable Metal Ladder Plant Stand, available in two sizes—perfect for both indoor and outdoor settings. Its sturdy iron construction supports up to 5 kg (11 lbs) on each tier, making it ideal for showcasing succulents, flowers, or potted herbs in your home, garden, or patio. Thanks to its foldable design, you can easily move or store this plant stand whenever needed, while the sleek black finish complements any décor style.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eSimple setup with included instructions and screws—no special tools required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eThe ladder-style design provides eye-catching levels to highlight each plant, while the 22 cm (8.7 in) pot diameter fits most flowerpots.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eBefore You Order\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck 22 cm, doorways and surrounding clearance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReview the selected variant, colour and finish shown in the product options.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFollow the supplied assembly, placement and care instructions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my pots and available corner?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse 22 cm and the product images to compare the item's footprint with your available space, including access and clearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch3\u003eIs it suitable for the intended indoor or outdoor position?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis option prioritises floor-space use and display capacity, while placing individual pots directly on the floor may suit shoppers who value a simpler or different layout.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch3\u003eHow much assembly and ongoing care should I expect?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFollow the supplied assembly and care information. Match the metal finish to the intended location and avoid loads or uses beyond the product details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Metro Elegance UK","offers":[{"title":"Small","offer_id":42658319269976,"sku":"XJJ491-S","price":69.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Large","offer_id":42658319302744,"sku":"XJJ491-L","price":79.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/ca523373-cad4-459f-afac-e46fa99abdaf.jpg?v=1739344111"},{"product_id":"4-tier-metal-plant-stand-indoor-outdoor-flower-display-rack-for-balcony-and-living-room","title":"4-Tier Metal Plant Stand – Indoor\/Outdoor Flower Display Rack for Balcony and Living Room","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--video\"\u003e\u003cvideo controls=\"controls\" style=\"max-width: 100%; height: auto;\"\u003e\n  \u003csource src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/videos\/c\/o\/v\/aea153107fe54cea87a0075d4e2a6211.mp4\" type=\"video\/mp4\"\u003e\n4-Tier Metal Plant Stand – Indoor\/Outdoor Flower Display Rack for Balcony and Living Room\n\u003c\/source\u003e\u003c\/video\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/9e3af346-f097-4a37-9aea-33d847346ad1.jpg?v=1779094743\" alt=\"4-Tier Metal Plant Stand – Indoor\/Outdoor Flower Display Rack – black\/white, 87 cm, view 25\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/3a498744-8260-4aa7-b714-ae99f3dd75b9.jpg?v=1779094743\" alt=\"4-Tier Metal Plant Stand – Indoor\/Outdoor Flower Display Rack – black\/white, 87 cm, view 17\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/4cfbd6e3-82ec-4bfa-9031-94ea69c59c28.jpg?v=1779094744\" alt=\"4-Tier Metal Plant Stand – Indoor\/Outdoor Flower Display Rack – black\/white, 87 cm, view 3\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/3c133110-e5d0-4101-a847-b126ef5bec16.jpg?v=1779094743\" alt=\"4-Tier Metal Plant Stand – Indoor\/Outdoor Flower Display Rack – 87 cm, black\/white, view 18\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/494e7bfa-d8f7-462b-bb7f-3b195fb2d189.jpg?v=1779094743\" alt=\"4-Tier Metal Plant Stand – Indoor\/Outdoor Flower Display Rack – black\/white, 87 cm, view 19\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/f5d04f67-8ba4-4b60-943e-d07cd4a6ab94.jpg?v=1779094743\" alt=\"4-Tier Metal Plant Stand – Indoor\/Outdoor Flower Display Rack – black\/white, 87 cm, view 31\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/4a0e547c-dc9e-4868-b5c0-ebf0bc834807.jpg?v=1779094742\" alt=\"4-Tier Metal Plant Stand – Indoor\/Outdoor Flower Display Rack – 87 cm, black\/white, view 20\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/75fb19c1-f24d-4913-8368-40a3f2619c8b.jpg?v=1779094743\" alt=\"4-Tier Metal Plant Stand – Indoor\/Outdoor Flower Display Rack – black\/white, 87 cm, view 23\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/aae5cf58-37c7-4929-b985-6c21ea93e23a.jpg?v=1779094743\" alt=\"4-Tier Metal Plant Stand – Indoor\/Outdoor Flower Display Rack – black\/white, 87 cm, view 27\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/74aff743-a611-4973-b646-5bf67cc188dc.jpg?v=1779094743\" alt=\"4-Tier Metal Plant Stand – Indoor\/Outdoor Flower Display Rack – 87 cm, black\/white, view 22\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/0fb75aa3-f138-41af-a22b-6d75e5e5d205.jpg?v=1779094743\" alt=\"4-Tier Metal Plant Stand – Indoor\/Outdoor Flower Display Rack – black\/white, 87 cm\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-description product-description--ai-ready\"\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eIf you need a vertical display for several plants that keeps the floor area organised, 4-Tier Metal Plant Stand – Indoor\/Outdoor Flower Display Rack for Balcony and Living Room is a purpose-built option to consider. Its metal and its 87 cm format suits a living room, balcony, patio or garden area that needs a more deliberate plant display. The decision comes down to whether this layout is more useful for your room than placing individual pots directly on the floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePractical use case:\u003c\/strong\u003e A practical use case is a living room, balcony, patio or garden area that needs a more deliberate plant display; confirm 87 cm, access and surrounding clearance against your own space before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShowcase your favorite plants in style with this 4-Tier Metal Plant Stand, perfect for both indoor and outdoor settings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCrafted from durable iron, it provides sturdy support for up to four pots, each holding up to 10 kg (22 lbs).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe compact design and sleek finish make it an attractive addition to any balcony, living room, or garden, while the tiered structure allows each plant to receive ample sunlight and fresh air.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuilt from heavy-duty iron to support multiple pots without bending or tipping.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrganizes plants vertically, maximizing display space without crowding your floor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEach tier holds up to 10 kg (22 lbs), easily accommodating small to medium-sized planters.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eHow It Compares\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eThis comparison focuses on the buying tradeoffs most likely to affect the decision.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDecision factor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eThis product\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eplacing individual pots directly on the floor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFloor-space use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVertical, multi-level display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe alternative may offer a simpler single-purpose setup\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDisplay capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUses metal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial and finish vary by the alternative selected\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePlant visibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDesigned for a living room, balcony, patio or garden area that needs a more deliberate plant display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMay suit a different room layout or priority\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePlacement flexibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConfirm 87 cm and the listed care details\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompare total size, care and installation needs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eShowcase your favorite plants in style with this 4-Tier Metal Plant Stand, perfect for both indoor and outdoor settings. Crafted from durable iron, it provides sturdy support for up to four pots, each holding up to 10 kg (22 lbs). The compact design and sleek finish make it an attractive addition to any balcony, living room, or garden, while the tiered structure allows each plant to receive ample sunlight and fresh air.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eAt 50 × 25 × 87 cm (19.6 × 9.8 × 34.2 in), this stand fits seamlessly into corners or narrow spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eIdeal for showcasing flowers, succulents, herbs, and more, whether in your living room, balcony, or outdoor patio.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eBefore You Order\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck 87 cm, doorways and surrounding clearance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReview the selected variant, colour and finish shown in the product options.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFollow the supplied assembly, placement and care instructions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my pots and available corner?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse 87 cm and the product images to compare the item's footprint with your available space, including access and clearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch3\u003eIs it suitable for the intended indoor or outdoor position?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis option prioritises floor-space use and display capacity, while placing individual pots directly on the floor may suit shoppers who value a simpler or different layout.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch3\u003eHow much assembly and ongoing care should I expect?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFollow the supplied assembly and care information. Match the metal finish to the intended location and avoid loads or uses beyond the product details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Metro Elegance UK","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":42658319597656,"sku":"XJJ467-BK-G2","price":79.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White","offer_id":42658319630424,"sku":"XJJ467-WT-G2","price":79.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/0fb75aa3-f138-41af-a22b-6d75e5e5d205.jpg?v=1779094743"},{"product_id":"9-tiers-metal-plant-stand-multi-layer-flower-pots-holder-display-rack-for-garden-patio-balcony","title":"9 Tiers Metal Plant Stand Multi-layer Flower Pots Holder Display Rack for Garden Patio Balcony","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--video\"\u003e\u003cvideo controls=\"controls\" style=\"max-width: 100%; height: auto;\"\u003e\n  \u003csource src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/videos\/c\/o\/v\/22b4110ce44d402390a0cacf394ab691.mp4\" type=\"video\/mp4\"\u003e\n9 Tiers Metal Plant Stand Multi-layer Flower Pots Holder Display Rack for Garden Patio Balcony\n\u003c\/source\u003e\u003c\/video\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-description product-description--ai-ready\"\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eChoose 9 Tiers Metal Plant Stand Multi-layer Flower Pots Holder Display Rack for Garden Patio Balcony when your priority is a vertical display for several plants that keeps the floor area organised. The metal and its 6cm format is best matched to a living room, balcony, patio or garden area that needs a more deliberate plant display. It is the stronger fit when flexibility and the listed configuration matter more than placing individual pots directly on the floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePractical use case:\u003c\/strong\u003e A practical use case is a living room, balcony, patio or garden area that needs a more deliberate plant display; confirm 6cm, access and surrounding clearance against your own space before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eType: Plant Stand\/ Plant Rack.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable Places: Garden, patio, backyard, balcony, corner, living room.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight Capacity: 10kg\/ 22 lbs of each.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct Dimension: L * W * H 92.7x24.7x128.6cm\/ 36.5x9.72x50.63 inch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePot Diameter \u0026lt;20cm\/ 7.87 inch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Installation Instruction.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eHow It Compares\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eThis comparison focuses on the buying tradeoffs most likely to affect the decision.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDecision factor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eThis product\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eplacing individual pots directly on the floor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFloor-space use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVertical, multi-level display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe alternative may offer a simpler single-purpose setup\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDisplay capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUses metal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial and finish vary by the alternative selected\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePlant visibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDesigned for a living room, balcony, patio or garden area that needs a more deliberate plant display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMay suit a different room layout or priority\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePlacement flexibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConfirm 6cm and the listed care details\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompare total size, care and installation needs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eType: Plant Stand\/ Plant Rack.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eAvailable Places: Garden, patio, backyard, balcony, corner, living room.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eBefore You Order\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck 6cm, doorways and surrounding clearance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReview the selected variant, colour and finish shown in the product options.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFollow the supplied assembly, placement and care instructions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my pots and available corner?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse 6cm and the product images to compare the item's footprint with your available space, including access and clearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch3\u003eIs it suitable for the intended indoor or outdoor position?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis option prioritises floor-space use and display capacity, while placing individual pots directly on the floor may suit shoppers who value a simpler or different layout.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch3\u003eHow much assembly and ongoing care should I expect?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFollow the supplied assembly and care information. Match the metal finish to the intended location and avoid loads or uses beyond the product details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Metro Elegance UK","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42658319827032,"sku":"XJJ468","price":119.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/a74069d4-c895-4c06-95bb-228736251edf.jpg?v=1739344148"},{"product_id":"6-tier-wrought-iron-plant-stand-indoor-outdoor-garden-cart-display-shelf-for-home-decor","title":"6-Tier Wrought Iron Plant Stand – Indoor\/Outdoor Garden Cart Display Shelf for Home Décor","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--video\"\u003e\u003cvideo controls=\"controls\" style=\"max-width: 100%; height: auto;\"\u003e\n  \u003csource src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/videos\/c\/o\/v\/1facde1e841b4510af816b0da4d80154.mp4\" type=\"video\/mp4\"\u003e\n6-Tier Wrought Iron Plant Stand – Indoor\/Outdoor Garden Cart Display Shelf for Home Décor\n\u003c\/source\u003e\u003c\/video\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/229eb896-c6ab-4ee2-b4cd-de8f6056b107.jpg?v=1779146517\" alt=\"6-Tier Wrought Iron Plant Stand – Indoor\/Outdoor Garden Cart Display – 68.5 cm, view 8\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/e0e91b03-a1d4-405a-8f23-53420d1a1af6.jpg?v=1779146518\" alt=\"6-Tier Wrought Iron Plant Stand – Indoor\/Outdoor Garden Cart Display – 68.5 cm, view 15\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/57ab4c9d-22e7-417c-87db-03028e238d12.jpg?v=1779146517\" alt=\"6-Tier Wrought Iron Plant Stand – Indoor\/Outdoor Garden Cart Display – 68.5 cm, view 11\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/9ff90d78-e7b7-4b24-b9f5-3a821ea3a65b.jpg?v=1779146518\" alt=\"6-Tier Wrought Iron Plant Stand – Indoor\/Outdoor Garden Cart Display – 68.5 cm, view 12\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/de80e26f-a2ea-47a5-9959-faa4a92f0a11.jpg?v=1779146518\" alt=\"6-Tier Wrought Iron Plant Stand – Indoor\/Outdoor Garden Cart Display – 68.5 cm, view 14\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-description product-description--ai-ready\"\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eIf you need a vertical display for several plants that keeps the floor area organised, 6-Tier Wrought Iron Plant Stand – Indoor\/Outdoor Garden Cart Display Shelf for Home Décor is a purpose-built option to consider. Its wrought iron and its 68.5 cm format suits a living room, balcony, patio or garden area that needs a more deliberate plant display. The decision comes down to whether this layout is more useful for your room than placing individual pots directly on the floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePractical use case:\u003c\/strong\u003e A practical use case is a living room, balcony, patio or garden area that needs a more deliberate plant display; confirm 68.5 cm, access and surrounding clearance against your own space before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eElevate your greenery and home décor with this 6-Tier Wrought Iron Plant Stand, designed to showcase multiple plants in style.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhether placed in condos, living rooms, patios, gardens, or balconies, its sturdy iron construction and European-inspired design offer both function and flair.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe tiered layout accommodates a range of pot sizes and plant types, making it ideal for displaying everything from succulents and cacti to lush Scindapsus aureus.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrganize your planters vertically, saving floor space while creating an eye-catching display.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTop Layer: Middle shelf supports up to 44 lbs, each side up to 4.4 lbs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBottom Layer: Middle shelf supports up to 44 lbs, each side up to 33 lbs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eHow It Compares\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eThis comparison focuses on the buying tradeoffs most likely to affect the decision.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDecision factor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eThis product\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eplacing individual pots directly on the floor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFloor-space use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVertical, multi-level display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe alternative may offer a simpler single-purpose setup\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDisplay capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUses wrought iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial and finish vary by the alternative selected\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePlant visibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDesigned for a living room, balcony, patio or garden area that needs a more deliberate plant display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMay suit a different room layout or priority\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePlacement flexibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConfirm 68.5 cm and the listed care details\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompare total size, care and installation needs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eElevate your greenery and home décor with this 6-Tier Wrought Iron Plant Stand, designed to showcase multiple plants in style. Whether placed in condos, living rooms, patios, gardens, or balconies, its sturdy iron construction and European-inspired design offer both function and flair. The tiered layout accommodates a range of pot sizes and plant types, making it ideal for displaying everything from succulents and cacti to lush Scindapsus aureus.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eWrought iron material ensures long-lasting stability for indoor or outdoor settings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003ePerfect for balconies, living rooms, gardens, condos, or patios, with a European style that complements any décor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eBefore You Order\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck 68.5 cm, doorways and surrounding clearance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReview the selected variant, colour and finish shown in the product options.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFollow the supplied assembly, placement and care instructions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my pots and available corner?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse 68.5 cm and the product images to compare the item's footprint with your available space, including access and clearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch3\u003eIs it suitable for the intended indoor or outdoor position?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis option prioritises floor-space use and display capacity, while placing individual pots directly on the floor may suit shoppers who value a simpler or different layout.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch3\u003eHow much assembly and ongoing care should I expect?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFollow the supplied assembly and care information. Match the wrought iron finish to the intended location and avoid loads or uses beyond the product details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Metro Elegance UK","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42658319958104,"sku":"XJJ626-G2","price":119.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/1aca380f-6f5e-42ec-980a-11fb012ff78e.jpg?v=1739344162"},{"product_id":"4-layer-rolling-plant-stand-6-pot-flower-holder-with-wheels-for-balcony-patio-or-indoor-spaces","title":"4-Layer Metal Rolling Plant Stand – 6-Pot Flower Holder with Wheels for Balcony, Patio, or Indoor Spaces","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/13afc22c-ede6-4daf-8797-b036902e3d41.jpg?v=1779159944\" alt=\"4-Layer Metal Rolling Plant Stand – 6-Pot Flower Holder with Wheels – black\/white, 21 cm, view 21\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/45bd5b8e-7e0d-4211-944c-8cc02b8fa32f.jpg?v=1779159944\" alt=\"4-Layer Metal Rolling Plant Stand – 6-Pot Flower Holder with Wheels – black\/white, 21 cm, view 11\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/548d9161-694f-4762-a543-c79101302976.jpg?v=1779159944\" alt=\"4-Layer Metal Rolling Plant Stand – 6-Pot Flower Holder with Wheels – 21 cm, black\/white, view 12\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/7a5ee3e3-4fda-4183-942f-cf0a32f7a685.jpg?v=1779159943\" alt=\"4-Layer Metal Rolling Plant Stand – 6-Pot Flower Holder with Wheels – 21 cm, black\/white, view 14\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/b927d04e-58ca-4873-ad9f-321175fd962b.jpg?v=1779159943\" alt=\"4-Layer Metal Rolling Plant Stand – 6-Pot Flower Holder with Wheels – 21 cm, black\/white, view 18\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/5869f4a9-fcda-42cc-be10-0f967021e228.jpg?v=1779159943\" alt=\"4-Layer Metal Rolling Plant Stand – 6-Pot Flower Holder with Wheels – black\/white, 21 cm, view 13\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/9d16b126-0a37-43b4-9fef-823977387a99.jpg?v=1779159943\" alt=\"4-Layer Metal Rolling Plant Stand – 6-Pot Flower Holder with Wheels – 21 cm, black\/white, view 16\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/ef9ec35f-0161-4f23-b70a-a3808d7c0e2a.jpg?v=1779159944\" alt=\"4-Layer Metal Rolling Plant Stand – 6-Pot Flower Holder with Wheels – 21 cm, black\/white\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/20a89365-2cb4-4139-8ade-a34a20d173d7.jpg?v=1779159944\" alt=\"4-Layer Metal Rolling Plant Stand – 6-Pot Flower Holder with Wheels – 21 cm, black\/white, view 10\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-description product-description--ai-ready\"\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eFor shoppers comparing options for a vertical display for several plants that keeps the floor area organised, 4-Layer Metal Rolling Plant Stand – 6-Pot Flower Holder with Wheels for Balcony, Patio, or Indoor Spaces offers a focused combination of metal and its 21 cm format. It is intended for a living room, balcony, patio or garden area that needs a more deliberate plant display. Compare its listed measurements and finish with placing individual pots directly on the floor before deciding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePractical use case:\u003c\/strong\u003e A practical use case is a living room, balcony, patio or garden area that needs a more deliberate plant display; confirm 21 cm, access and surrounding clearance against your own space before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShowcase and transport your favorite plants effortlessly with this 4-Layer Rolling Plant Stand.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned to hold up to six flower pots, it offers a space-saving solution for displaying everything from succulents and cacti to Scindapsus aureus and herbs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe sturdy iron and plastic construction features four wheels for easy maneuverability, making it an ideal choice for living rooms, patios, balconies, porches, or kitchens.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWith each tier supporting up to 8 kg (17.6 lbs) and accommodating pots up to 21 cm in diameter, this versatile stand ensures your greenery remains organized, healthy, and within reach.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6-Pot Capacity: Neatly arrange and display up to six pots on four levels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDurable Construction: Crafted from iron and plastic, providing reliable support for your plants.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eHow It Compares\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eThis comparison focuses on the buying tradeoffs most likely to affect the decision.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDecision factor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eThis product\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eplacing individual pots directly on the floor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFloor-space use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVertical, multi-level display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe alternative may offer a simpler single-purpose setup\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDisplay capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUses metal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial and finish vary by the alternative selected\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePlant visibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDesigned for a living room, balcony, patio or garden area that needs a more deliberate plant display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMay suit a different room layout or priority\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePlacement flexibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConfirm 21 cm and the listed care details\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompare total size, care and installation needs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eShowcase and transport your favorite plants effortlessly with this 4-Layer Rolling Plant Stand. Designed to hold up to six flower pots, it offers a space-saving solution for displaying everything from succulents and cacti to Scindapsus aureus and herbs. The sturdy iron and plastic construction features four wheels for easy maneuverability, making it an ideal choice for living rooms, patios, balconies, porches, or kitchens. With each tier supporting up to 8 kg (17.6 lbs) and accommodating pots up to 21 cm in diameter, this versatile stand ensures your greenery remains organized, healthy, and within reach.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eEasy Mobility: Equipped with four wheels for hassle-free repositioning around your home or outdoor space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eCompact Design: Ideal for small corners or limited floor space in living areas, balconies, and patios.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eBefore You Order\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck 21 cm, doorways and surrounding clearance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReview the selected variant, colour and finish shown in the product options.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFollow the supplied assembly, placement and care instructions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my pots and available corner?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse 21 cm and the product images to compare the item's footprint with your available space, including access and clearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch3\u003eIs it suitable for the intended indoor or outdoor position?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis option prioritises floor-space use and display capacity, while placing individual pots directly on the floor may suit shoppers who value a simpler or different layout.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch3\u003eHow much assembly and ongoing care should I expect?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFollow the supplied assembly and care information. Match the metal finish to the intended location and avoid loads or uses beyond the product details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Metro Elegance UK","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":44112189063256,"sku":"HJ-ZT112","price":99.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White","offer_id":44112189096024,"sku":"HJ-ZT112-WT","price":99.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/b39521c3-bd03-40b7-9c44-dae7ef9b77c9.jpg?v=1739344178"},{"product_id":"6-tier-half-heart-metal-ladder-plant-stand-decorative-black-brown-shelf-rack-for-multiple-indoor-plants","title":"6-Tier Half-Heart Metal Ladder Plant Stand – Decorative Black \u0026 Brown Shelf Rack for Multiple Indoor Plants","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--video\"\u003e\u003cvideo controls=\"controls\" style=\"max-width: 100%; height: auto;\"\u003e\n  \u003csource src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/videos\/c\/o\/v\/964cd933158f4ea2b2577d482d350922.mp4\" type=\"video\/mp4\"\u003e\n6-Tier Half-Heart Metal Ladder Plant Stand – Decorative Black \u0026amp; Brown Shelf Rack for Multiple Indoor Plants\n\u003c\/source\u003e\u003c\/video\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/26a71d5b-163c-444e-80cd-a31dc03add63.jpg?v=1779165086\" alt=\"6-Tier Half-Heart Metal Ladder Plant Stand – Decorative Black \u0026amp; Brown – black\/brown, 136.5 cm, view 15\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/6990e2b6-90f8-41f5-b13c-356a7c772dfd.jpg?v=1779165086\" alt=\"6-Tier Half-Heart Metal Ladder Plant Stand – Decorative Black \u0026amp; Brown – black\/brown, 136.5 cm, view 19\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/8c5c21c1-002d-48a8-8860-3743b1947ca2.jpg?v=1779165086\" alt=\"6-Tier Half-Heart Metal Ladder Plant Stand – Decorative Black \u0026amp; Brown – 136.5 cm, black\/brown, view 20\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/2eb7f933-e262-45e7-a4a7-a367c5e3b951.jpg?v=1779165086\" alt=\"6-Tier Half-Heart Metal Ladder Plant Stand – Decorative Black \u0026amp; Brown – black\/brown, 136.5 cm, view 17\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/97f9e0fb-01fd-47d3-8ed9-927dcf050c42.jpg?v=1779165086\" alt=\"6-Tier Half-Heart Metal Ladder Plant Stand – Decorative Black \u0026amp; Brown – black\/brown, 136.5 cm, view 21\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/ac9f0824-ca9a-4461-8db6-ac944f423ebd.jpg?v=1779165086\" alt=\"6-Tier Half-Heart Metal Ladder Plant Stand – Decorative Black \u0026amp; Brown – black\/brown, 136.5 cm, view 11\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-description product-description--ai-ready\"\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eFor shoppers comparing options for a vertical display for several plants that keeps the floor area organised, 6-Tier Half-Heart Metal Ladder Plant Stand – Decorative Black \u0026amp; Brown Shelf Rack for Multiple Indoor Plants offers a focused combination of metal and its 136.5 cm format. It is intended for a living room, balcony, patio or garden area that needs a more deliberate plant display. Compare its listed measurements and finish with placing individual pots directly on the floor before deciding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePractical use case:\u003c\/strong\u003e A practical use case is a living room, balcony, patio or garden area that needs a more deliberate plant display; confirm 136.5 cm, access and surrounding clearance against your own space before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBring a touch of creativity and style to your indoor greenery display with this Half-Heart 6-Tier Metal Ladder Plant Stand.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for both functionality and charm, it features a unique half-heart shape that instantly draws the eye.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe sturdy construction combines 60% MDF board with 40% iron to provide reliable support for multiple plants while seamlessly blending into modern, rustic, or eclectic décor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA striking focal point that elevates any living space, from living rooms to home offices.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSix layers offer ample room for displaying a variety of potted plants, flowers, or decorative items.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCrafted from MDF board and metal iron for stability and longevity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eHow It Compares\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eThis comparison focuses on the buying tradeoffs most likely to affect the decision.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDecision factor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eThis product\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eplacing individual pots directly on the floor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFloor-space use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVertical, multi-level display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe alternative may offer a simpler single-purpose setup\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDisplay capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUses metal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial and finish vary by the alternative selected\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePlant visibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDesigned for a living room, balcony, patio or garden area that needs a more deliberate plant display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMay suit a different room layout or priority\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePlacement flexibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConfirm 136.5 cm and the listed care details\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompare total size, care and installation needs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eBring a touch of creativity and style to your indoor greenery display with this Half-Heart 6-Tier Metal Ladder Plant Stand. Designed for both functionality and charm, it features a unique half-heart shape that instantly draws the eye. The sturdy construction combines 60% MDF board with 40% iron to provide reliable support for multiple plants while seamlessly blending into modern, rustic, or eclectic décor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eComplements a wide range of interior styles, adding a warm and inviting feel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eIdeal as a flower shelf, decorative rack, or even for storing small household items.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eBefore You Order\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck 136.5 cm, doorways and surrounding clearance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReview the selected variant, colour and finish shown in the product options.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFollow the supplied assembly, placement and care instructions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my pots and available corner?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse 136.5 cm and the product images to compare the item's footprint with your available space, including access and clearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch3\u003eIs it suitable for the intended indoor or outdoor position?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis option prioritises floor-space use and display capacity, while placing individual pots directly on the floor may suit shoppers who value a simpler or different layout.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch3\u003eHow much assembly and ongoing care should I expect?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFollow the supplied assembly and care information. Match the metal finish to the intended location and avoid loads or uses beyond the product details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Metro Elegance UK","offers":[{"title":"Large","offer_id":44112358408280,"sku":"JJ-XZ1241- V1","price":269.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Large with LED Lights","offer_id":44112358441048,"sku":"JJ-XZ1241- LD","price":2689.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Small","offer_id":44112358473816,"sku":"JJ-XZ1241-S","price":249.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/6901d21d-c47b-46e8-bf0e-c0f5d22a4e21.jpg?v=1739344193"},{"product_id":"5-tier-arched-metal-wood-plant-stand-tall-vintage-style-flower-shelf-with-hanging-hooks","title":"5-Tier Arched Metal \u0026 Wood Plant Stand – Tall, Vintage-Style Flower Shelf with Hanging Hooks","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--video\"\u003e\u003cvideo controls=\"controls\" style=\"max-width: 100%; height: auto;\"\u003e\n  \u003csource src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/videos\/c\/o\/v\/91bda838f1344e86a953d18f5af40d14.mp4\" type=\"video\/mp4\"\u003e\n5-Tier Arched Metal \u0026amp; Wood Plant Stand – Tall, Vintage-Style Flower Shelf with Hanging Hooks\n\u003c\/source\u003e\u003c\/video\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-description product-description--ai-ready\"\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e5-Tier Arched Metal \u0026amp; Wood Plant Stand – Tall, Vintage-Style Flower Shelf with Hanging Hooks is a practical choice for shoppers who need a vertical display for several plants that keeps the floor area organised. Its metal and wood and its 190 cm format makes it especially relevant for a living room, balcony, patio or garden area that needs a more deliberate plant display. Choose it when the product's specific configuration fits your layout better than placing individual pots directly on the floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePractical use case:\u003c\/strong\u003e A practical use case is a living room, balcony, patio or garden area that needs a more deliberate plant display; confirm 190 cm, access and surrounding clearance against your own space before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eElevate your greenery in style with this 5-Tier Arched Metal \u0026amp; Wood Plant Stand, perfect for offices, living rooms, porches, patios, or gardens.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFeaturing a vintage-inspired design, this tall shelf boasts a gracefully arched top and multiple tiers, offering generous space for displaying everything from bonsai and succulents to decorative items.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCrafted from a combination of chipboard and sturdy iron, it blends rustic charm with modern durability—making it an ideal choice for both indoor and outdoor settings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe distinctive arched shape adds an elegant, decorative touch to any space.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFive shelves accommodate a variety of plants, pots, and ornaments, keeping them neatly organized and on display.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasily suspend small planters, lanterns, or decorative accents from the top for added visual interest.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eHow It Compares\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eThis comparison focuses on the buying tradeoffs most likely to affect the decision.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDecision factor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eThis product\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eplacing individual pots directly on the floor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFloor-space use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVertical, multi-level display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe alternative may offer a simpler single-purpose setup\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDisplay capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUses metal and wood\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial and finish vary by the alternative selected\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePlant visibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDesigned for a living room, balcony, patio or garden area that needs a more deliberate plant display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMay suit a different room layout or priority\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePlacement flexibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConfirm 190 cm and the listed care details\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompare total size, care and installation needs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eElevate your greenery in style with this 5-Tier Arched Metal \u0026amp; Wood Plant Stand, perfect for offices, living rooms, porches, patios, or gardens. Featuring a vintage-inspired design, this tall shelf boasts a gracefully arched top and multiple tiers, offering generous space for displaying everything from bonsai and succulents to decorative items. Crafted from a combination of chipboard and sturdy iron, it blends rustic charm with modern durability—making it an ideal choice for both indoor and outdoor settings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eMade from 51% chipboard and 49% metal iron, ensuring long-lasting support and stability for your greenery.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eIdeal for use in living rooms, offices, gardens, porches, or patios—wherever you want a touch of natural beauty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eBefore You Order\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck 190 cm, doorways and surrounding clearance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReview the selected variant, colour and finish shown in the product options.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFollow the supplied assembly, placement and care instructions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my pots and available corner?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse 190 cm and the product images to compare the item's footprint with your available space, including access and clearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch3\u003eIs it suitable for the intended indoor or outdoor position?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis option prioritises floor-space use and display capacity, while placing individual pots directly on the floor may suit shoppers who value a simpler or different layout.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch3\u003eHow much assembly and ongoing care should I expect?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFollow the supplied assembly and care information. Match the metal and wood finish to the intended location and avoid loads or uses beyond the product details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Metro Elegance UK","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42658321989720,"sku":"HJ-XMT1326","price":259.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/4f053c65-2910-4448-89de-2d8956bdca03_6c99d6c7-41f1-428e-b800-1d5863cc3262.jpg?v=1739344216"},{"product_id":"5-tier-half-moon-bookshelf-plant-stand-industrial-style-curved-oval-rack-for-home-and-garden","title":"5-Tier Half-Moon Bookshelf \u0026 Plant Stand – Industrial-Style Curved Oval Rack for Home and Garden","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--video\"\u003e\u003cvideo style=\"max-width: 100%; height: auto;\" controls=\"controls\"\u003e\n  \u003csource type=\"video\/mp4\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/videos\/c\/o\/v\/20b0234b60004310aa3dbb81363f04e1.mp4\"\u003e\n5-Tier Half-Moon Bookshelf \u0026amp; Plant Stand – Industrial-Style Curved Oval Rack for Home and Garden\n\u003c\/source\u003e\u003c\/video\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/S64307a17f7484e9080db234a5b51c9f1U.webp?v=1779169256\" alt=\"5-Tier Half-Moon Bookshelf \u0026amp; Plant Stand – Industrial-Style Curved Oval – metal, 177 cm, view 11\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/S0165ff3d429d44f5a07be303717c54865.webp?v=1779169255\" alt=\"5-Tier Half-Moon Bookshelf \u0026amp; Plant Stand – Industrial-Style Curved Oval – metal, 177 cm, view 8\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/Sd8f4291c38ce48ce8e915de391ea28d3w.webp?v=1779169255\" alt=\"5-Tier Half-Moon Bookshelf \u0026amp; Plant Stand – Industrial-Style Curved Oval – 177 cm, black, view 12\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/S463044b8da5b48af9566064be537b8ddt.webp?v=1779169256\" alt=\"5-Tier Half-Moon Bookshelf \u0026amp; Plant Stand – Industrial-Style Curved Oval – black, metal, view 10\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/Sfa6aa700d8ec42c1a6a68b84f67c8cdfy.webp?v=1779169256\" alt=\"5-Tier Half-Moon Bookshelf \u0026amp; Plant Stand – Industrial-Style Curved Oval – black, metal, view 4\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-description product-description--ai-ready\"\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e5-Tier Half-Moon Bookshelf \u0026amp; Plant Stand – Industrial-Style Curved Oval Rack for Home and Garden is designed for buyers seeking a vertical display for several plants that keeps the floor area organised. Its defining details are metal and its 177 cm format, making it most useful in a living room, balcony, patio or garden area that needs a more deliberate plant display. Select it when those details solve the space or function better than placing individual pots directly on the floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePractical use case:\u003c\/strong\u003e A practical use case is a living room, balcony, patio or garden area that needs a more deliberate plant display; confirm 177 cm, access and surrounding clearance against your own space before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBring a stylish fusion of form and function to your living spaces with this Half-Moon Plant Stand \u0026amp; Bookshelf.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe distinctive curved oval shape and industrial-inspired black-and-brown design make it a statement piece wherever you place it—whether in an office, living room, garden, porch, patio, or balcony.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCrafted from a sturdy combination of MDF and metal iron, its five spacious tiers offer ample room for displaying potted plants, books, décor, or collectibles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCurved oval frame adds an artistic flair, making it a captivating focal point in any setting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFive tiers provide generous space to organize and showcase everything from lush greenery to stylish décor pieces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMiddle Tiers: up to 15 kg (33.07 lbs) each.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eHow It Compares\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eThis comparison focuses on the buying tradeoffs most likely to affect the decision.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDecision factor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eThis product\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eplacing individual pots directly on the floor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFloor-space use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVertical, multi-level display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe alternative may offer a simpler single-purpose setup\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDisplay capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUses metal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial and finish vary by the alternative selected\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePlant visibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDesigned for a living room, balcony, patio or garden area that needs a more deliberate plant display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMay suit a different room layout or priority\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePlacement flexibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConfirm 177 cm and the listed care details\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompare total size, care and installation needs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eBring a stylish fusion of form and function to your living spaces with this Half-Moon Plant Stand \u0026amp; Bookshelf. The distinctive curved oval shape and industrial-inspired black-and-brown design make it a statement piece wherever you place it—whether in an office, living room, garden, porch, patio, or balcony. Crafted from a sturdy combination of MDF and metal iron, its five spacious tiers offer ample room for displaying potted plants, books, décor, or collectibles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eA sleek black-and-brown color scheme pairs effortlessly with modern, rustic, or loft-inspired interiors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003ePerfect for offices, living rooms, patios, porches, balconies, or gardens—adaptable to both indoor and outdoor aesthetics.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eBefore You Order\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck 177 cm, doorways and surrounding clearance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReview the selected variant, colour and finish shown in the product options.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFollow the supplied assembly, placement and care instructions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my pots and available corner?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse 177 cm and the product images to compare the item's footprint with your available space, including access and clearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch3\u003eIs it suitable for the intended indoor or outdoor position?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis option prioritises floor-space use and display capacity, while placing individual pots directly on the floor may suit shoppers who value a simpler or different layout.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch3\u003eHow much assembly and ongoing care should I expect?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFollow the supplied assembly and care information. Match the metal finish to the intended location and avoid loads or uses beyond the product details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Metro Elegance UK","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42658322088024,"sku":"HJ-ZM1376","price":359.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/01154d2f-329d-45f8-a77b-3aff63c4d3f3.jpg?v=1739344229"},{"product_id":"5-tier-vase-shaped-metal-plant-stand-tall-garden-display-rack-with-hangers","title":"5-Tier Vase-Shaped Metal Plant Stand – Tall Garden Display Rack with Hangers","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--video\"\u003e\u003cvideo controls=\"controls\" style=\"max-width: 100%; height: auto;\"\u003e\n  \u003csource src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/videos\/c\/o\/v\/773f663e27a544479f2318e55437d2e5.mp4\" type=\"video\/mp4\"\u003e\n5-Tier Vase-Shaped Metal Plant Stand – Tall Garden Display Rack with Hangers\n\u003c\/source\u003e\u003c\/video\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/c17ca7d7-b6bb-4709-bccd-fd89be3b2937.jpg?v=1779169560\" alt=\"5-Tier Vase-Shaped Metal Plant Stand – Tall Garden Display Rack – 25 inch, view 12\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/f4e32fae-b261-4bf5-a188-7bd09b90bf7e.jpg?v=1779169560\" alt=\"5-Tier Vase-Shaped Metal Plant Stand – Tall Garden Display Rack – 25 inch, view 13\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/b9388bca-b297-496f-af35-084b1a6d898c.jpg?v=1779169560\" alt=\"5-Tier Vase-Shaped Metal Plant Stand – Tall Garden Display Rack – 25 inch, view 11\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/1da370c1-93a7-431c-bc9b-ea9c08996b6a.jpg?v=1779169559\" alt=\"5-Tier Vase-Shaped Metal Plant Stand – Tall Garden Display Rack – 25 inch, view 8\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/1e98e663-a5fe-48de-b7b2-4be4837515df.jpg?v=1779169559\" alt=\"5-Tier Vase-Shaped Metal Plant Stand – Tall Garden Display Rack – 25 inch, view 9\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/2a8d888a-237f-4472-a178-8dcdbe7bce7c.jpg?v=1779169560\" alt=\"5-Tier Vase-Shaped Metal Plant Stand – Tall Garden Display Rack – 25 inch\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-description product-description--ai-ready\"\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eIf you need a vertical display for several plants that keeps the floor area organised, 5-Tier Vase-Shaped Metal Plant Stand – Tall Garden Display Rack with Hangers is a purpose-built option to consider. Its metal and its 25 inch format suits a living room, balcony, patio or garden area that needs a more deliberate plant display. The decision comes down to whether this layout is more useful for your room than placing individual pots directly on the floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePractical use case:\u003c\/strong\u003e A practical use case is a living room, balcony, patio or garden area that needs a more deliberate plant display; confirm 25 inch, access and surrounding clearance against your own space before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: 51% MDF Board + 49% Metal Iron.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNet Weight: 9.5kg\/ 20.94 lbs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct Dimension: L * W * H 74x30x181cm\/ 29.13x11.18x71.25 inch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5-Tier Vase-Shaped Metal Plant Stand – Tall Garden Display Rack with Hangers is designed around the dimensions and configuration shown in the product details.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIts material and finish should be matched to the intended room, placement and care routine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse the listed measurements to confirm fit, access and clearance before ordering.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eHow It Compares\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eThis comparison focuses on the buying tradeoffs most likely to affect the decision.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDecision factor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eThis product\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eplacing individual pots directly on the floor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFloor-space use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVertical, multi-level display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe alternative may offer a simpler single-purpose setup\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDisplay capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUses metal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial and finish vary by the alternative selected\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePlant visibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDesigned for a living room, balcony, patio or garden area that needs a more deliberate plant display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMay suit a different room layout or priority\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePlacement flexibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConfirm 25 inch and the listed care details\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompare total size, care and installation needs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eMaterial: 51% MDF Board + 49% Metal Iron.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eNet Weight: 9.5kg\/ 20.94 lbs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eBefore You Order\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck 25 inch, doorways and surrounding clearance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReview the selected variant, colour and finish shown in the product options.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFollow the supplied assembly, placement and care instructions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my pots and available corner?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse 25 inch and the product images to compare the item's footprint with your available space, including access and clearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch3\u003eIs it suitable for the intended indoor or outdoor position?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis option prioritises floor-space use and display capacity, while placing individual pots directly on the floor may suit shoppers who value a simpler or different layout.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch3\u003eHow much assembly and ongoing care should I expect?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFollow the supplied assembly and care information. Match the metal finish to the intended location and avoid loads or uses beyond the product details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Metro Elegance UK","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42658322186328,"sku":"HJ-XZ1616","price":199.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/2a8d888a-237f-4472-a178-8dcdbe7bce7c.jpg?v=1779169560"},{"product_id":"6-tiered-wooden-plant-flower-stand-planter-display-indoor-outdoor-flower-rack-for-yard","title":"6 Tiered Wooden Plant Flower Stand, Planter Display Indoor Outdoor Flower Rack for Yard","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--video\"\u003e\u003cvideo style=\"max-width: 100%; height: auto;\" controls=\"controls\"\u003e\n  \u003csource type=\"video\/mp4\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/videos\/c\/o\/v\/6ca4c8c872f44383aed2decfd2fd5c2c.mp4\"\u003e\n6 Tiered Wooden Plant Flower Stand, Planter Display Indoor Outdoor Flower Rack for Yard\n\u003c\/source\u003e\u003c\/video\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg alt=\"6 Tiered Wooden Plant Flower Stand, Planter Display Indoor Outdoor – plant stand, brown\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/93d44010-c980-4d59-b14e-00cee169c93c.jpg?v=1779089357\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg alt=\"6 Tiered Wooden Plant Flower Stand, Planter Display Indoor Outdoor – brown, pine wood, view 5\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/b2ced298-354d-429a-95b6-5960ac483796.jpg?v=1779089357\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg alt=\"6 Tiered Wooden Plant Flower Stand, Planter Display Indoor Outdoor – pine wood, 95cm\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/46bbbd57-da06-46f6-aa58-04c40da14aad.jpg?v=1779089357\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg alt=\"6 Tiered Wooden Plant Flower Stand, Planter Display Indoor Outdoor – 95cm, plant stand\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/58e315d7-f3f9-4a3a-ab28-fcf3c9281ebf.jpg?v=1779089357\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg alt=\"6 Tiered Wooden Plant Flower Stand, Planter Display Indoor Outdoor – brown, pine wood\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/4d6a457c-7d8d-466c-8e0b-dab400a8e7b9.jpg?v=1779089357\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-description product-description--ai-ready\"\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e6 Tiered Wooden Plant Flower Stand, Planter Display Indoor Outdoor Flower Rack for Yard is a practical choice for shoppers who need a vertical display for several plants that keeps the floor area organised. Its pine wood and wood and its 95cm format makes it especially relevant for a living room, balcony, patio or garden area that needs a more deliberate plant display. Choose it when the product's specific configuration fits your layout better than placing individual pots directly on the floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePractical use case:\u003c\/strong\u003e A practical use case is a living room, balcony, patio or garden area that needs a more deliberate plant display; confirm 95cm, access and surrounding clearance against your own space before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSize: L*W*H 95cm*25cm*96cm(37.4*9.84*37.79in).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6 Tiered Wooden Plant Flower Stand, Planter Display Indoor Outdoor Flower Rack for Yard is designed around the dimensions and configuration shown in the product details.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIts material and finish should be matched to the intended room, placement and care routine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse the listed measurements to confirm fit, access and clearance before ordering.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe product gallery and option selections show the available visual configuration.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eHow It Compares\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eThis comparison focuses on the buying tradeoffs most likely to affect the decision.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDecision factor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eThis product\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eplacing individual pots directly on the floor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFloor-space use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVertical, multi-level display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe alternative may offer a simpler single-purpose setup\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDisplay capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUses pine wood and wood\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial and finish vary by the alternative selected\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePlant visibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDesigned for a living room, balcony, patio or garden area that needs a more deliberate plant display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMay suit a different room layout or priority\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePlacement flexibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConfirm 95cm and the listed care details\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompare total size, care and installation needs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eSize: L*W*H 95cm*25cm*96cm(37.4*9.84*37.79in).\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e6 Tiered Wooden Plant Flower Stand, Planter Display Indoor Outdoor Flower Rack for Yard is designed around the dimensions and configuration shown in the product details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eBefore You Order\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck 95cm, doorways and surrounding clearance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReview the selected variant, colour and finish shown in the product options.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFollow the supplied assembly, placement and care instructions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my pots and available corner?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse 95cm and the product images to compare the item's footprint with your available space, including access and clearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch3\u003eIs it suitable for the intended indoor or outdoor position?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis option prioritises floor-space use and display capacity, while placing individual pots directly on the floor may suit shoppers who value a simpler or different layout.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch3\u003eHow much assembly and ongoing care should I expect?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFollow the supplied assembly and care information. Match the pine wood and wood finish to the intended location and avoid loads or uses beyond the product details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Metro Elegance","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44110371749976,"sku":"7KHJ03-A","price":99.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/4d6a457c-7d8d-466c-8e0b-dab400a8e7b9.jpg?v=1779089357"},{"product_id":"7-tiers-metal-plant-stand-indoor-outdoor-flower-pot-display-rack-garden-shelf-stand-holder","title":"7 Tiers Metal Plant Stand Indoor Outdoor Flower Pot Display Rack Garden Shelf Stand Holder","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--video\"\u003e\u003cvideo style=\"max-width: 100%; height: auto;\" controls=\"controls\"\u003e\n  \u003csource type=\"video\/mp4\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/videos\/c\/o\/v\/5408860f6c094fb3b5b3454e789455b8.mp4\"\u003e\n7 Tiers Metal Plant Stand Indoor Outdoor Flower Pot Display Rack Garden Shelf Stand Holder\n\u003c\/source\u003e\u003c\/video\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg alt=\"7 Tiers Metal Plant Stand Indoor Outdoor Flower Pot Display Rack Garden – black, 5cm, view 5\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/597d7942-8d6a-438c-9025-727ac7cfbf85.jpg?v=1779094190\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg alt=\"7 Tiers Metal Plant Stand Indoor Outdoor Flower Pot Display Rack Garden – black, 5cm, view 3\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/0a26d0b5-373f-4bbb-b0f1-ef398c2842b4.jpg?v=1779094189\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg alt=\"7 Tiers Metal Plant Stand Indoor Outdoor Flower Pot Display Rack Garden – 5cm, black, view 12\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/Sf7c8e0278f6d41c185969d5cb553184cf.webp?v=1779094189\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg alt=\"7 Tiers Metal Plant Stand Indoor Outdoor Flower Pot Display Rack Garden – black, 5cm, view 11\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/Sacf1d9a8f2124f32be36ab8f2c3c4f80m.webp?v=1779094189\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg alt=\"7 Tiers Metal Plant Stand Indoor Outdoor Flower Pot Display Rack Garden – black, 5cm, view 9\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/S8fa34f1283b7483da0f884dd6ce16d56m.webp?v=1779094189\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg alt=\"7 Tiers Metal Plant Stand Indoor Outdoor Flower Pot Display Rack Garden – 5cm, black, view 8\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/a0b87d21-8d6f-466d-8206-8b8bf58bfed9.jpg?v=1779094189\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg alt=\"7 Tiers Metal Plant Stand Indoor Outdoor Flower Pot Display Rack Garden – black, 5cm, view 7\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/6327dcb1-4654-474a-a6c4-a4e44ea3dbe3.jpg?v=1779094189\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg alt=\"7 Tiers Metal Plant Stand Indoor Outdoor Flower Pot Display Rack Garden – 5cm, black, view 10\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/S777bbc422b884774833684eb1a2deaa9K.webp?v=1779094189\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg alt=\"7 Tiers Metal Plant Stand Indoor Outdoor Flower Pot Display Rack Garden – 5cm, black, view 4\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/be5b06d9-3377-4f5b-a9db-3a73066c0d26.jpg?v=1779094189\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg alt=\"7 Tiers Metal Plant Stand Indoor Outdoor Flower Pot Display Rack Garden – 5cm, black\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/545900f3-3da0-4528-809a-c52559af5127.jpg?v=1779094190\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-description product-description--ai-ready\"\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eFor shoppers comparing options for a vertical display for several plants that keeps the floor area organised, 7 Tiers Metal Plant Stand Indoor Outdoor Flower Pot Display Rack Garden Shelf Stand Holder offers a focused combination of metal and its 5cm format. It is intended for a living room, balcony, patio or garden area that needs a more deliberate plant display. Compare its listed measurements and finish with placing individual pots directly on the floor before deciding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePractical use case:\u003c\/strong\u003e A practical use case is a living room, balcony, patio or garden area that needs a more deliberate plant display; confirm 5cm, access and surrounding clearance against your own space before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight Capacity: 20kg\/ 44 lbs of each.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct Dimension: L X H 86.5x99.5cm\/ 34x39.17 inch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePot Diameter \u0026lt; 40cm\/ 15.7 inch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e7 Tiers Metal Plant Stand Indoor Outdoor Flower Pot Display Rack Garden Shelf Stand Holder is designed around the dimensions and configuration shown in the product details.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIts material and finish should be matched to the intended room, placement and care routine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse the listed measurements to confirm fit, access and clearance before ordering.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eHow It Compares\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eThis comparison focuses on the buying tradeoffs most likely to affect the decision.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDecision factor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eThis product\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eplacing individual pots directly on the floor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFloor-space use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVertical, multi-level display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe alternative may offer a simpler single-purpose setup\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDisplay capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUses metal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial and finish vary by the alternative selected\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePlant visibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDesigned for a living room, balcony, patio or garden area that needs a more deliberate plant display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMay suit a different room layout or priority\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePlacement flexibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConfirm 5cm and the listed care details\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompare total size, care and installation needs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eWeight Capacity: 20kg\/ 44 lbs of each.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eProduct Dimension: L X H 86.5x99.5cm\/ 34x39.17 inch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eBefore You Order\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck 5cm, doorways and surrounding clearance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReview the selected variant, colour and finish shown in the product options.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFollow the supplied assembly, placement and care instructions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my pots and available corner?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse 5cm and the product images to compare the item's footprint with your available space, including access and clearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch3\u003eIs it suitable for the intended indoor or outdoor position?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis option prioritises floor-space use and display capacity, while placing individual pots directly on the floor may suit shoppers who value a simpler or different layout.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch3\u003eHow much assembly and ongoing care should I expect?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFollow the supplied assembly and care information. Match the metal finish to the intended location and avoid loads or uses beyond the product details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Metro Elegance","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44110493876312,"sku":"XJJ465-G2","price":99.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/48131caf-e765-4692-84fd-714d985a2fff.jpg?v=1779094190"},{"product_id":"5-tiered-tall-metal-plant-stand-indoor-iron-planter-shelf-rack-garden-metal-flower-pots-display-holder","title":"5 Tiered Tall Metal Plant Stand, Indoor Iron Planter Shelf Rack Garden, Metal Flower Pots Display Holder","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/310570e9-99cd-4814-b2d8-df1f2664fac4.jpg?v=1779146843\" alt=\"5 Tiered Tall Metal Plant Stand, Indoor Iron Planter Shelf Rack Garden – 102cm, black, view 4\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/fb7d031e-3b6e-45e7-8889-c4363e65a481.jpg?v=1779146843\" alt=\"5 Tiered Tall Metal Plant Stand, Indoor Iron Planter Shelf Rack Garden – black, 102cm, view 7\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/df6b2e2e-33e7-40e8-a44b-7983eee6009f.jpg?v=1779146843\" alt=\"5 Tiered Tall Metal Plant Stand, Indoor Iron Planter Shelf Rack Garden – 102cm, black, view 6\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/1dad39af-8c6e-48b9-a9dc-94070d6f1850.jpg?v=1779146843\" alt=\"5 Tiered Tall Metal Plant Stand, Indoor Iron Planter Shelf Rack Garden – black, 102cm\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/aad458a9-63e4-4080-baae-9538eda6723f.jpg?v=1779146843\" alt=\"5 Tiered Tall Metal Plant Stand, Indoor Iron Planter Shelf Rack Garden – black, 102cm, view 5\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-description product-description--ai-ready\"\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eFor shoppers comparing options for a vertical display for several plants that keeps the floor area organised, 5 Tiered Tall Metal Plant Stand, Indoor Iron Planter Shelf Rack Garden, Metal Flower Pots Display Holder offers a focused combination of metal and its 102cm format. It is intended for a living room, balcony, patio or garden area that needs a more deliberate plant display. Compare its listed measurements and finish with placing individual pots directly on the floor before deciding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePractical use case:\u003c\/strong\u003e A practical use case is a living room, balcony, patio or garden area that needs a more deliberate plant display; confirm 102cm, access and surrounding clearance against your own space before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhen placing your lovely plants, try to keep the weight balanced to prevent the holder from toppling over.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTotal Size: 66 x 22 x 102cm\/ 26 x 8.7 x 40in (L x W x H).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight Capacity: 10kg\/ 22lb (EACH TIER).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePackage Size: 59 x 58 x 9cm\/23.23 x 22.83 x 3.54in (L x W x H).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable Four Balance Support Point under the Plant Stand.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAny pots are 0.8 inch\/2cm less than the tier can be set on.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eHow It Compares\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eThis comparison focuses on the buying tradeoffs most likely to affect the decision.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDecision factor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eThis product\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eplacing individual pots directly on the floor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFloor-space use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVertical, multi-level display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe alternative may offer a simpler single-purpose setup\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDisplay capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUses metal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial and finish vary by the alternative selected\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePlant visibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDesigned for a living room, balcony, patio or garden area that needs a more deliberate plant display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMay suit a different room layout or priority\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePlacement flexibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConfirm 102cm and the listed care details\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompare total size, care and installation needs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eThe flower stand parts will be sent by separate and without assembling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003ePlease note that pots and plants, flowers are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eIt is recommended that no larger potted plants be placed, so as not to cause damage to the products.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eBefore You Order\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck 102cm, doorways and surrounding clearance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReview the selected variant, colour and finish shown in the product options.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFollow the supplied assembly, placement and care instructions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my pots and available corner?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse 102cm and the product images to compare the item's footprint with your available space, including access and clearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch3\u003eIs it suitable for the intended indoor or outdoor position?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis option prioritises floor-space use and display capacity, while placing individual pots directly on the floor may suit shoppers who value a simpler or different layout.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch3\u003eHow much assembly and ongoing care should I expect?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFollow the supplied assembly and care information. Match the metal finish to the intended location and avoid loads or uses beyond the product details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Metro Elegance","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44111960637528,"sku":"JJ-ZZ113-G1","price":99.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/1dad39af-8c6e-48b9-a9dc-94070d6f1850.jpg?v=1779146843"},{"product_id":"7-tier-tree-shaped-plant-stand-for-patio-living-room-metal-plant-flower-pot-display-holder-with-lights","title":"7 Tier Tree Shaped Plant Stand for Patio Living Room Metal Plant Flower Pot Display Holder with Lights","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--video\"\u003e\u003cvideo style=\"max-width: 100%; height: auto;\" controls=\"controls\"\u003e\n  \u003csource type=\"video\/mp4\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/videos\/c\/o\/v\/6857bc7117a14691aad15e470a68dcf5.mp4\"\u003e\n7 Tier Tree Shaped Plant Stand for Patio Living Room Metal Plant Flower Pot Display Holder with Lights\n\u003c\/source\u003e\u003c\/video\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/ebe49da0-a114-43bc-af63-e15a54037392.jpg?v=1779171207\" alt=\"7 Tier Tree Shaped Plant Stand for Patio Living Room Metal Plant Flower – 45 inch, black\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/S8446526dbfe34d589ab4ce36ac51363dw.webp?v=1779171207\" alt=\"7 Tier Tree Shaped Plant Stand for Patio Living Room Metal Plant Flower – black, 45 inch, view 11\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/668d5ce4-7e0a-4b97-b891-869c1c65a38e.jpg?v=1779171207\" alt=\"7 Tier Tree Shaped Plant Stand for Patio Living Room Metal Plant Flower – 45 inch, black, view 6\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/7ff3757e-de65-4ed3-a1ed-8fdcd8f5e0f3.jpg?v=1779171207\" alt=\"7 Tier Tree Shaped Plant Stand for Patio Living Room Metal Plant Flower – black, 45 inch, view 5\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/a3a9002a-13ff-48ff-a489-f8bcfdebb438.jpg?v=1779171207\" alt=\"7 Tier Tree Shaped Plant Stand for Patio Living Room Metal Plant Flower – black, 45 inch, view 7\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/7e66e198-c503-4cfd-9c02-61d193d44427.jpg?v=1779171207\" alt=\"7 Tier Tree Shaped Plant Stand for Patio Living Room Metal Plant Flower – black, 45 inch, view 3\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/ced5daf8-2319-4a8f-9c61-08eb32aa6dd7.jpg?v=1779171208\" alt=\"7 Tier Tree Shaped Plant Stand for Patio Living Room Metal Plant Flower – black, 45 inch, view 9\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-description product-description--ai-ready\"\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eIf you need a vertical display for several plants that keeps the floor area organised, 7 Tier Tree Shaped Plant Stand for Patio Living Room Metal Plant Flower Pot Display Holder with Lights is a purpose-built option to consider. Its metal and its 45 inch format suits a living room, balcony, patio or garden area that needs a more deliberate plant display. The decision comes down to whether this layout is more useful for your room than placing individual pots directly on the floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePractical use case:\u003c\/strong\u003e A practical use case is a living room, balcony, patio or garden area that needs a more deliberate plant display; confirm 45 inch, access and surrounding clearance against your own space before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable Places: Offices, Living Room, Gardens, Porch, Patio.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterials: 60% MDF Board + 40% Metal Iron.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNet Weight: 8.2kg\/ 18.08 lbs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLoad-bearing: 5kg\/11.02 lbs (Each Shelf).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct Dimension: L * W * H total 50x26x151cm\/ 19.69x10.24x59.45 inch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Multi-layered Plant Stand.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eHow It Compares\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eThis comparison focuses on the buying tradeoffs most likely to affect the decision.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDecision factor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eThis product\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eplacing individual pots directly on the floor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFloor-space use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVertical, multi-level display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe alternative may offer a simpler single-purpose setup\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDisplay capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUses metal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial and finish vary by the alternative selected\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePlant visibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDesigned for a living room, balcony, patio or garden area that needs a more deliberate plant display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMay suit a different room layout or priority\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePlacement flexibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConfirm 45 inch and the listed care details\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompare total size, care and installation needs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eAvailable Places: Offices, Living Room, Gardens, Porch, Patio.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eMaterials: 60% MDF Board + 40% Metal Iron.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eBefore You Order\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck 45 inch, doorways and surrounding clearance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReview the selected variant, colour and finish shown in the product options.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFollow the supplied assembly, placement and care instructions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my pots and available corner?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse 45 inch and the product images to compare the item's footprint with your available space, including access and clearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch3\u003eIs it suitable for the intended indoor or outdoor position?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis option prioritises floor-space use and display capacity, while placing individual pots directly on the floor may suit shoppers who value a simpler or different layout.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch3\u003eHow much assembly and ongoing care should I expect?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFollow the supplied assembly and care information. Match the metal finish to the intended location and avoid loads or uses beyond the product details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Metro Elegance","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44112598106200,"sku":"HJ-ZZ1677- LD","price":199.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/899c7fb4-5792-4008-a84e-697b03ff1239.jpg?v=1779171207"},{"product_id":"3-tier-iron-bicycle-plant-stand-indoor-outdoor-metal-plant-stand","title":"3-Tier Iron Bicycle Plant Stand, Indoor outdoor metal plant stand.","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--video\"\u003e\u003cvideo controls=\"controls\" style=\"max-width: 100%; height: auto;\"\u003e\n  \u003csource src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/videos\/c\/o\/v\/2c8ccf38e04d4405a1cea01a29351454.mp4\" type=\"video\/mp4\"\u003e\n3-Tier Iron Bicycle Plant Stand, Indoor outdoor metal plant stand.\n\u003c\/source\u003e\u003c\/video\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/cc6dd753-ceec-43c7-a8dd-1c204099181d.jpg?v=1779173369\" alt=\"3-Tier Iron Bicycle Plant Stand, Indoor outdoor metal plant stand. – 5 inch, black\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/fcaa3c49-c67a-4f56-a250-09f8a13951f6.jpg?v=1779173369\" alt=\"3-Tier Iron Bicycle Plant Stand, Indoor outdoor metal plant stand. – 5 inch, black, view 8\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/49e65f7c-7954-4acd-8bf0-fbf6f5352529.jpg?v=1779173369\" alt=\"3-Tier Iron Bicycle Plant Stand, Indoor outdoor metal plant stand. – 5 inch, black, view 6\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/Sa03b67573bf544b5998326304b77d08b8.webp?v=1779173369\" alt=\"3-Tier Iron Bicycle Plant Stand, Indoor outdoor metal plant stand. – 5 inch, black, view 10\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/S0bfc3fcd47f14845a48866cb385560e76.webp?v=1779173369\" alt=\"3-Tier Iron Bicycle Plant Stand, Indoor outdoor metal plant stand. – black, 5 inch, view 9\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/5e0627c3-ab8a-4bcf-abd3-1509e0bcd676.jpg?v=1779173369\" alt=\"3-Tier Iron Bicycle Plant Stand, Indoor outdoor metal plant stand. – 5 inch, black, view 4\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/f154a4b5-45ee-4fe3-89e1-4217d6387ca7.jpg?v=1779173369\" alt=\"3-Tier Iron Bicycle Plant Stand, Indoor outdoor metal plant stand. – black, 5 inch, view 7\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-media product-media--image\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/7c06a411-d864-4f42-ab56-2171320c2ee5.jpg?v=1779173369\" alt=\"3-Tier Iron Bicycle Plant Stand, Indoor outdoor metal plant stand. – black, 5 inch\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-description product-description--ai-ready\"\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eChoose 3-Tier Iron Bicycle Plant Stand, Indoor outdoor metal plant stand. when your priority is a vertical display for several plants that keeps the floor area organised. The metal and its 5 inch format is best matched to a living room, balcony, patio or garden area that needs a more deliberate plant display. It is the stronger fit when flexibility and the listed configuration matter more than placing individual pots directly on the floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePractical use case:\u003c\/strong\u003e A practical use case is a living room, balcony, patio or garden area that needs a more deliberate plant display; confirm 5 inch, access and surrounding clearance against your own space before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApplication Places: Living room, patio, garden, porch, balconies.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLoad-bearing Capacity: 28kg\/ 62lbs in total.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmall Pot Holder: 2.5kg\/ 6lbs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMiddle Pot Holder: 10kg\/ 22lbs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThird Pot Holder: 15.5kg\/ 34lbs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct Dimension: L79.5 x H52cm\/ L31.3 x H20.5 inch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eHow It Compares\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eThis comparison focuses on the buying tradeoffs most likely to affect the decision.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDecision factor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eThis product\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eplacing individual pots directly on the floor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFloor-space use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVertical, multi-level display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe alternative may offer a simpler single-purpose setup\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDisplay capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUses metal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial and finish vary by the alternative selected\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePlant visibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDesigned for a living room, balcony, patio or garden area that needs a more deliberate plant display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMay suit a different room layout or priority\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePlacement flexibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConfirm 5 inch and the listed care details\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompare total size, care and installation needs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eMiddle \u0026amp; Third Pot Holder Diameter: 21cm\/ 8.3 inch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003ePot Diameter \u0026lt; 16.5cm\/ 6.5 inch (medium \u0026amp; third).\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eBefore You Order\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck 5 inch, doorways and surrounding clearance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReview the selected variant, colour and finish shown in the product options.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFollow the supplied assembly, placement and care instructions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my pots and available corner?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse 5 inch and the product images to compare the item's footprint with your available space, including access and clearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch3\u003eIs it suitable for the intended indoor or outdoor position?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis option prioritises floor-space use and display capacity, while placing individual pots directly on the floor may suit shoppers who value a simpler or different layout.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch3\u003eHow much assembly and ongoing care should I expect?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFollow the supplied assembly and care information. Match the metal finish to the intended location and avoid loads or uses beyond the product details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Metro Elegance","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44112611737688,"sku":"XJJ280-V2","price":89.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/7c06a411-d864-4f42-ab56-2171320c2ee5.jpg?v=1779173369"},{"product_id":"70-100cm-bamboo-plant-stand-folding-3-tier-flower-pot-display-shelf-indoor-outdoor-ladder-garden-rack-for-patio-balcony-living-room","title":"Folding 3-Tier Bamboo Plant Stand – 70cm\/100cm Wide","description":"\u003csection class=\"product-description product-description--seo-geo\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFolding 3-Tier Bamboo Plant Stand – 70cm\/100cm Wide\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOne-Sentence Product Answer\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA natural bamboo three-tier folding plant stand available in 70 × 40 × 96 cm or 100 × 40 × 96 cm sizes for indoor or suitable covered outdoor displays.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-description-media\" aria-label=\"Product video and images\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-description-images\"\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/1-bamboo-plant-stand-folding-3-tier-flower-pot-display-shelf-indoor-outdoor-ladder-garden-rack-for-patio-balcony-living-room.avif?v=1786536700\" alt=\"natural bamboo folding three-tier ladder plant stand – product view 1\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/2-bamboo-plant-stand-folding-3-tier-flower-pot-display-shelf-indoor-outdoor-ladder-garden-rack-for-patio-balcony-living-room.avif?v=1786536701\" alt=\"natural bamboo folding three-tier ladder plant stand – product view 2\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/3-bamboo-plant-stand-folding-3-tier-flower-pot-display-shelf-indoor-outdoor-ladder-garden-rack-for-patio-balcony-living-room.avif?v=1786536700\" alt=\"natural bamboo folding three-tier ladder plant stand – product view 3\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/4-bamboo-plant-stand-folding-3-tier-flower-pot-display-shelf-indoor-outdoor-ladder-garden-rack-for-patio-balcony-living-room.avif?v=1786536701\" alt=\"natural bamboo folding three-tier ladder plant stand – product view 4\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/5-bamboo-plant-stand-folding-3-tier-flower-pot-display-shelf-indoor-outdoor-ladder-garden-rack-for-patio-balcony-living-room.avif?v=1786536701\" alt=\"natural bamboo folding three-tier ladder plant stand – product view 5\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/6-bamboo-plant-stand-folding-3-tier-flower-pot-display-shelf-indoor-outdoor-ladder-garden-rack-for-patio-balcony-living-room.avif?v=1786536701\" alt=\"natural bamboo folding three-tier ladder plant stand – product view 6\"\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Product?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCreate a warm, ladder-style plant display with three open levels for pots and decorative items. The folding format offers convenient setup and storage, while two widths let you choose the footprint that better matches your balcony, patio or living room.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThree ladder-style tiers keep several pots visible at once.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNatural bamboo adds warmth and an easy-to-coordinate finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChoose a 70 cm or 100 cm width while retaining the same 40 cm depth and 96 cm height.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFolding construction supports easier storage when the stand is not in use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Natural Bamboo\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColor: Natural\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePackage Included: 1 x 3-Tier Bamboo Plant Stand\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Allen Wrench\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x A Set of Screws\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x 3PCS Garden Tools\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Installation Instruction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBest For\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis product is best for living rooms, balconies, patios and covered garden areas needing a natural three-tier display.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMay Not Be Right For\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt may not suit a space outside the listed dimensions, pots or loads beyond the stated limits, or an installation surface that cannot safely support the product. Measure first and do not rely on the styled images alone for scale.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eChoose the Right Size or Variant\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose 70 × 40 × 96 cm for a narrower position or 100 × 40 × 96 cm for more display width. Confirm pot bases fit within the shelf dimensions shown in the product images.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAssembly, Placement and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMeasure the intended position, access path and surrounding clearance before opening the package.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck every component against the instructions and assemble on a clean, level surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePosition the product on a stable surface or in suitable ground, then distribute pots, plants or stored items evenly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse outdoors only where the listing states outdoor suitability. For timber, bamboo or MDF components, a covered position and protection from prolonged moisture will help reduce avoidable wear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the Package?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1 three-tier bamboo plant stand, 1 Allen key, 1 screw set, 3 garden tools and 1 installation guide.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow do I check whether it will fit?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCompare the assembled dimensions with the available width, depth and height. Include foliage spread, pot diameter, walking clearance and room to assemble or anchor the product.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I use it outdoors?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse outdoors only where the listing states outdoor suitability. For timber, bamboo or MDF components, a covered position and protection from prolonged moisture will help reduce avoidable wear.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eAre plants and decorative pots included?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Plants, pots and styled accessories are not included unless they are explicitly listed in the package contents above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat is the change-of-mind return policy?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eContact Metro Elegance within 14 calendar days of delivery. The customer pays return shipping, and a $20 return fee applies to approved change-of-mind returns. Faulty, damaged, incorrect or not-as-described items remain covered by applicable Australian Consumer Law remedies. Read the current \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003erefund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eExplore Related Collections\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/wooden-plant-stand\"\u003eWooden Plant Stands\u003c\/a\u003e · \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/outdoor-plant-stand\"\u003eOutdoor Plant Stands\u003c\/a\u003e · \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/indoor-plant-stand\"\u003eIndoor Plant Stands\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eReady to Choose?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConfirm the measurements, selected option and intended placement, then add Folding 3-Tier Bamboo Plant Stand to your cart when it matches your space. See the \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping policy\u003c\/a\u003e for current delivery information.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Natural Bamboo\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Natural\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePackage Included:\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x 3-Tier Bamboo Plant Stand\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Allen Wrench\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x A Set of Screws\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x 3PCS Garden Tools\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Installation Instruction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/1-bamboo-plant-stand-folding-3-tier-flower-pot-display-shelf-indoor-outdoor-ladder-garden-rack-for-patio-balcony-living-room.avif?v=1786536700\" alt=\"70\/100cm Bamboo Plant Stand Folding 3 Tier Flower Pot Display Shelf – brown\/beige\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/2-bamboo-plant-stand-folding-3-tier-flower-pot-display-shelf-indoor-outdoor-ladder-garden-rack-for-patio-balcony-living-room.avif?v=1786536701\" alt=\"70\/100cm Bamboo Plant Stand Folding 3 Tier Flower Pot Display Shelf – brown\/beige, view 2\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/3-bamboo-plant-stand-folding-3-tier-flower-pot-display-shelf-indoor-outdoor-ladder-garden-rack-for-patio-balcony-living-room.avif?v=1786536700\" alt=\"70\/100cm Bamboo Plant Stand Folding 3 Tier Flower Pot Display Shelf – brown\/beige, view 3\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/4-bamboo-plant-stand-folding-3-tier-flower-pot-display-shelf-indoor-outdoor-ladder-garden-rack-for-patio-balcony-living-room.avif?v=1786536701\" alt=\"70\/100cm Bamboo Plant Stand Folding 3 Tier Flower Pot Display Shelf – brown\/beige, view 4\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/5-bamboo-plant-stand-folding-3-tier-flower-pot-display-shelf-indoor-outdoor-ladder-garden-rack-for-patio-balcony-living-room.avif?v=1786536701\" alt=\"70\/100cm Bamboo Plant Stand Folding 3 Tier Flower Pot Display Shelf – brown\/beige, view 5\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/6-bamboo-plant-stand-folding-3-tier-flower-pot-display-shelf-indoor-outdoor-ladder-garden-rack-for-patio-balcony-living-room.avif?v=1786536701\" alt=\"70\/100cm Bamboo Plant Stand Folding 3 Tier Flower Pot Display Shelf – brown\/beige, view 6\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Metro Elegance UK","offers":[{"title":"70x40x96 cm","offer_id":44579598958680,"sku":"8FNZ70-DLG3","price":119.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"100x40x96 cm","offer_id":44579598991448,"sku":"8FNZ100-DLG3","price":129.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/bamboo-plant-stand-folding-3-tier-flower-pot-display-shelf-indoor-outdoor-ladder-garden-rack-for-patio-balcony-living-room-2.avif?v=1786537134"},{"product_id":"adjustable-bamboo-storage-rack-shelving-bookshelf-plant-flower-stand-home-organization-6-tier","title":"6-Tier Adjustable Bamboo Storage \u0026 Plant Rack – 161cm Tall","description":"\u003csection class=\"product-description product-description--seo-geo\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e6-Tier Adjustable Bamboo Storage \u0026amp; Plant Rack – 161cm Tall\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOne-Sentence Product Answer\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA 161 cm tall, six-tier natural bamboo rack with adjustable shelf spacing, an 18 kg stated capacity per shelf and included anti-tip hardware.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-description-media\" aria-label=\"Product video and images\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-description-images\"\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/1-adjustable-bamboo-storage-rack-shelving-bookshelf-plant-flower-stand-home-organization-6-tier.avif?v=1786540007\" alt=\"natural bamboo six-tier adjustable storage and plant rack – product view 1\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/2-adjustable-bamboo-storage-rack-shelving-bookshelf-plant-flower-stand-home-organization-6-tier.avif?v=1786540007\" alt=\"natural bamboo six-tier adjustable storage and plant rack – product view 2\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/3-adjustable-bamboo-storage-rack-shelving-bookshelf-plant-flower-stand-home-organization-6-tier.avif?v=1786540007\" alt=\"natural bamboo six-tier adjustable storage and plant rack – product view 3\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/4-adjustable-bamboo-storage-rack-shelving-bookshelf-plant-flower-stand-home-organization-6-tier.avif?v=1786540007\" alt=\"natural bamboo six-tier adjustable storage and plant rack – product view 4\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/5-adjustable-bamboo-storage-rack-shelving-bookshelf-plant-flower-stand-home-organization-6-tier.avif?v=1786540007\" alt=\"natural bamboo six-tier adjustable storage and plant rack – product view 5\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/6-adjustable-bamboo-storage-rack-shelving-bookshelf-plant-flower-stand-home-organization-6-tier.avif?v=1786540007\" alt=\"natural bamboo six-tier adjustable storage and plant rack – product view 6\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/7-adjustable-bamboo-storage-rack-shelving-bookshelf-plant-flower-stand-home-organization-6-tier.avif?v=1786540008\" alt=\"natural bamboo six-tier adjustable storage and plant rack – product view 7\"\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Product?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdapt one narrow shelving unit to plants, books, bathroom supplies or kitchen storage. Adjustable shelf positions let you create more room for taller items, while the 26 cm depth keeps the unit relatively slim against a wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSix open tiers provide vertical storage in a 60 × 26 cm footprint.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable shelf spacing accommodates items of different heights.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEach shelf is stated to support up to 18 kg when correctly assembled and evenly loaded.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA rear crossbar and included anti-tip kit add support when the unit is properly secured.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eType: Storage Racks\/Shelves\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStyle: Retro\/ Classic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssembly Required: Yes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounting: Free Standing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFeature: With Adjustable Shelves\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Bamboo\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColor: Natural Wood\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelves: 6 Tiers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLoad-bearing Shelves: each 18kg\/ 39.68 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNet Weight: 8.3kg \/ 18.30 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct Dimension L*W*H: 60x26x161cm \/ 23.62x10.23x63.38 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBest For\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis product is best for living rooms, bathrooms, kitchens, laundries, entryways and indoor plant displays needing adjustable vertical storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMay Not Be Right For\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt may not suit a space outside the listed dimensions, pots or loads beyond the stated limits, or an installation surface that cannot safely support the product. Measure first and do not rely on the styled images alone for scale.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eChoose the Right Size or Variant\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis listing shows one natural-bamboo six-tier model measuring 60 × 26 × 161 cm. Plan shelf spacing before final assembly and secure the included anti-tip kit to a suitable wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAssembly, Placement and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMeasure the intended position, access path and surrounding clearance before opening the package.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck every component against the instructions and assemble on a clean, level surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePosition the product on a stable surface or in suitable ground, then distribute pots, plants or stored items evenly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse outdoors only where the listing states outdoor suitability. For timber, bamboo or MDF components, a covered position and protection from prolonged moisture will help reduce avoidable wear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the Package?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1 six-tier bamboo rack, anti-tip kit, assembly hardware and instructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow do I check whether it will fit?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCompare the assembled dimensions with the available width, depth and height. Include foliage spread, pot diameter, walking clearance and room to assemble or anchor the product.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I use it outdoors?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse outdoors only where the listing states outdoor suitability. For timber, bamboo or MDF components, a covered position and protection from prolonged moisture will help reduce avoidable wear.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eAre plants and decorative pots included?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Plants, pots and styled accessories are not included unless they are explicitly listed in the package contents above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat is the change-of-mind return policy?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eContact Metro Elegance within 14 calendar days of delivery. The customer pays return shipping, and a $20 return fee applies to approved change-of-mind returns. Faulty, damaged, incorrect or not-as-described items remain covered by applicable Australian Consumer Law remedies. Read the current \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003erefund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eExplore Related Collections\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/wooden-plant-stand\"\u003eWooden Plant Stands\u003c\/a\u003e · \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/tall-plant-stand\"\u003eTall Plant Stands\u003c\/a\u003e · \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/indoor-plant-stand\"\u003eIndoor Plant Stands\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eReady to Choose?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConfirm the measurements, selected option and intended placement, then add 6-Tier Adjustable Bamboo Storage and Plant Rack to your cart when it matches your space. See the \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping policy\u003c\/a\u003e for current delivery information.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Metro Elegance UK","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44580294557784,"sku":"JJ-ZZ1386","price":189.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/adjustable-bamboo-storage-rack-shelving-bookshelf-plant-flower-stand-home-organization-6-tier-1.avif?v=1786540437"},{"product_id":"3-tier-wood-plant-stand-display-rack-flower-pot-holder-planter-organizer-for-home-garden-decor","title":"3-Piece Dark Brown Pine Wood Plant Stand Set","description":"\u003csection class=\"product-description product-description--seo-geo\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e3-Piece Dark Brown Pine Wood Plant Stand Set\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOne-Sentence Product Answer\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA three-piece dark-brown pine wood plant stand set that can be arranged as a tiered flower display across indoor or suitable covered outdoor spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-description-media\" aria-label=\"Product video and images\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-description-images\"\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/1-wood-plant-stand-display-rack-flower-pot-holder-planter-organizer-for-home-garden-decor-3-tier.avif?v=1786541124\" alt=\"three-piece dark brown pine wood plant stand set – product view 1\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/2-wood-plant-stand-display-rack-flower-pot-holder-planter-organizer-for-home-garden-decor-3-tier.avif?v=1786541124\" alt=\"three-piece dark brown pine wood plant stand set – product view 2\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/3-wood-plant-stand-display-rack-flower-pot-holder-planter-organizer-for-home-garden-decor-3-tier.avif?v=1786541124\" alt=\"three-piece dark brown pine wood plant stand set – product view 3\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/4-wood-plant-stand-display-rack-flower-pot-holder-planter-organizer-for-home-garden-decor-3-tier.avif?v=1786541123\" alt=\"three-piece dark brown pine wood plant stand set – product view 4\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/5-wood-plant-stand-display-rack-flower-pot-holder-planter-organizer-for-home-garden-decor-3-tier.avif?v=1786541124\" alt=\"three-piece dark brown pine wood plant stand set – product view 5\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/6-wood-plant-stand-display-rack-flower-pot-holder-planter-organizer-for-home-garden-decor-3-tier.avif?v=1786541124\" alt=\"three-piece dark brown pine wood plant stand set – product view 6\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/7-wood-plant-stand-display-rack-flower-pot-holder-planter-organizer-for-home-garden-decor-3-tier.avif?v=1786541123\" alt=\"three-piece dark brown pine wood plant stand set – product view 7\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/8-wood-plant-stand-display-rack-flower-pot-holder-planter-organizer-for-home-garden-decor-3-tier.avif?v=1786541123\" alt=\"three-piece dark brown pine wood plant stand set – product view 8\"\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Product?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStyle three pots or plant groupings at different heights without locking the display into one fixed layout. The separate pine stands can be clustered, stepped or spread around the room as your plant collection changes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThree separate stands allow flexible grouped or individual placement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePine wood construction brings a warm, natural material to the display.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDark-brown finish coordinates with greenery and many pot styles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe modular format is easier to restyle than one fixed multi-tier rack.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eType: Plant Stand \/ Plant Shelf \/ Plant Rack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable Places: Garden, patio, porch, living room, balcony\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModel: 3 Pack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Pine Wood\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColor: Dark Brown\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQuantity: 3pcs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNet Weight: 3.4kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBest For\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis product is best for living rooms, balconies, porches, patios and garden areas where flexible pot placement is useful.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMay Not Be Right For\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt may not suit a space outside the listed dimensions, pots or loads beyond the stated limits, or an installation surface that cannot safely support the product. Measure first and do not rely on the styled images alone for scale.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eChoose the Right Size or Variant\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis listing is a three-piece dark-brown set. Review the product images for the relative stand sizes and compare them with your pot bases before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAssembly, Placement and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMeasure the intended position, access path and surrounding clearance before opening the package.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck every component against the instructions and assemble on a clean, level surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePosition the product on a stable surface or in suitable ground, then distribute pots, plants or stored items evenly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse outdoors only where the listing states outdoor suitability. For timber, bamboo or MDF components, a covered position and protection from prolonged moisture will help reduce avoidable wear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the Package?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e3 pine wood plant stands, 1 screw set and the supplied assembly components and instructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow do I check whether it will fit?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCompare the assembled dimensions with the available width, depth and height. Include foliage spread, pot diameter, walking clearance and room to assemble or anchor the product.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I use it outdoors?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse outdoors only where the listing states outdoor suitability. For timber, bamboo or MDF components, a covered position and protection from prolonged moisture will help reduce avoidable wear.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eAre plants and decorative pots included?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Plants, pots and styled accessories are not included unless they are explicitly listed in the package contents above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat is the change-of-mind return policy?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eContact Metro Elegance within 14 calendar days of delivery. The customer pays return shipping, and a $20 return fee applies to approved change-of-mind returns. Faulty, damaged, incorrect or not-as-described items remain covered by applicable Australian Consumer Law remedies. Read the current \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003erefund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eExplore Related Collections\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/wooden-plant-stand\"\u003eWooden Plant Stands\u003c\/a\u003e · \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/outdoor-plant-stand\"\u003eOutdoor Plant Stands\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eReady to Choose?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConfirm the measurements, selected option and intended placement, then add 3-Piece Pine Wood Plant Stand Set to your cart when it matches your space. See the \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping policy\u003c\/a\u003e for current delivery information.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Metro Elegance UK","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44580474486872,"sku":"XJJ375","price":119.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/wood-plant-stand-display-rack-flower-pot-holder-planter-organizer-for-home-garden-decor-3-tier-1.avif?v=1786541369"},{"product_id":"5-tiered-tall-corner-plant-stand-multiple-potted-flower-holder-organizer-rack-for-balcony-garden-planters","title":"108.5cm 5-Tier Metal \u0026 MDF Corner Plant Stand – Black \u0026 Brown","description":"\u003csection class=\"product-description product-description--seo-geo\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e108.5cm 5-Tier Metal \u0026amp; MDF Corner Plant Stand – Black \u0026amp; Brown\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOne-Sentence Product Answer\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA 108.5 cm tall, five-tier black-and-brown corner plant stand made from metal and MDF, with a stated 5 kg capacity on each tier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-description-media\" aria-label=\"Product video and images\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-description-images\"\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/1-tall-corner-plant-stand-multiple-potted-flower-holder-organizer-rack-for-balcony-garden-planters-5-tier.avif?v=1786545498\" alt=\"black and brown five-tier tall corner plant stand – product view 1\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/2-tall-corner-plant-stand-multiple-potted-flower-holder-organizer-rack-for-balcony-garden-planters-5-tier.avif?v=1786545497\" alt=\"black and brown five-tier tall corner plant stand – product view 2\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/3-tall-corner-plant-stand-multiple-potted-flower-holder-organizer-rack-for-balcony-garden-planters-5-tier.avif?v=1786545497\" alt=\"black and brown five-tier tall corner plant stand – product view 3\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/4-tall-corner-plant-stand-multiple-potted-flower-holder-organizer-rack-for-balcony-garden-planters-5-tier.avif?v=1786545498\" alt=\"black and brown five-tier tall corner plant stand – product view 4\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/5-tall-corner-plant-stand-multiple-potted-flower-holder-organizer-rack-for-balcony-garden-planters-5-tier.avif?v=1786545497\" alt=\"black and brown five-tier tall corner plant stand – product view 5\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/6-tall-corner-plant-stand-multiple-potted-flower-holder-organizer-rack-for-balcony-garden-planters-5-tier.avif?v=1786545498\" alt=\"black and brown five-tier tall corner plant stand – product view 6\"\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Product?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLift five pots into a layered display while keeping the floor plan compact. The mixed metal-and-MDF construction gives the stand an industrial look, and the tier spacing lets foliage sit at different heights instead of competing on one surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFive tiers organise multiple pots vertically in a corner-friendly form.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlack metal and brown MDF suit modern and industrial interiors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEach tier is stated to support up to 5 kg when correctly assembled and evenly loaded.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe 50 × 108.5 cm listed profile is easy to compare with a planned display space.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eType: Plant Stand\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFeatures: Multiple Tiers, Decorative\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable Places: Offices, Living Room, Gardens, Porch, Patio\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterials: 40% MDF Board + 60% Metal Iron\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColor: Black \u0026amp; Brown\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNet Weight: 5.7kg \/ 12.57 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight Capacity: each tier 5kg \/ 11.02 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct Dimension L*W*H: 50x108.5cm \/ 19.68x42.71 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBest For\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis product is best for plant corners in living rooms, offices, balconies, porches and covered patios.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMay Not Be Right For\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt may not suit a space outside the listed dimensions, pots or loads beyond the stated limits, or an installation surface that cannot safely support the product. Measure first and do not rely on the styled images alone for scale.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eChoose the Right Size or Variant\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis listing shows one black-and-brown five-tier model. Compare the 50 cm width and 108.5 cm height with pot sizes and surrounding foliage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAssembly, Placement and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMeasure the intended position, access path and surrounding clearance before opening the package.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck every component against the instructions and assemble on a clean, level surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePosition the product on a stable surface or in suitable ground, then distribute pots, plants or stored items evenly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse outdoors only where the listing states outdoor suitability. For timber, bamboo or MDF components, a covered position and protection from prolonged moisture will help reduce avoidable wear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the Package?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1 five-tier plant stand with the supplied fixings and assembly instructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow do I check whether it will fit?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCompare the assembled dimensions with the available width, depth and height. Include foliage spread, pot diameter, walking clearance and room to assemble or anchor the product.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I use it outdoors?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse outdoors only where the listing states outdoor suitability. For timber, bamboo or MDF components, a covered position and protection from prolonged moisture will help reduce avoidable wear.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eAre plants and decorative pots included?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Plants, pots and styled accessories are not included unless they are explicitly listed in the package contents above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat is the change-of-mind return policy?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eContact Metro Elegance within 14 calendar days of delivery. The customer pays return shipping, and a $20 return fee applies to approved change-of-mind returns. Faulty, damaged, incorrect or not-as-described items remain covered by applicable Australian Consumer Law remedies. Read the current \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003erefund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eExplore Related Collections\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/corner-plant-stand\"\u003eCorner Plant Stands\u003c\/a\u003e · \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/tall-plant-stand\"\u003eTall Plant Stands\u003c\/a\u003e · \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/metal-plant-stand\"\u003eMetal Plant Stands\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eReady to Choose?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConfirm the measurements, selected option and intended placement, then add 5-Tier Tall Corner Plant Stand to your cart when it matches your space. See the \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping policy\u003c\/a\u003e for current delivery information.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eType: Plant Stand\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFeatures: Multiple Tiers, Decorative\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable Places: Offices, Living Room, Gardens, Porch, Patio\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterials: 40% MDF Board + 60% Metal Iron\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColor: Black \u0026amp; Brown\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNet Weight: 5.7kg \/ 12.57 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight Capacity: each tier 5kg \/ 11.02 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct Dimension L*W*H: 50x108.5cm \/ 19.68x42.71 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/1-tall-corner-plant-stand-multiple-potted-flower-holder-organizer-rack-for-balcony-garden-planters-5-tier.avif?v=1786545498\" alt=\"5 Tiered Tall Corner Plant Stand Multiple Potted Flower Holder Organizer – black, metal\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/2-tall-corner-plant-stand-multiple-potted-flower-holder-organizer-rack-for-balcony-garden-planters-5-tier.avif?v=1786545497\" alt=\"5 Tiered Tall Corner Plant Stand Multiple Potted Flower Holder Organizer – metal, 5cm\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/3-tall-corner-plant-stand-multiple-potted-flower-holder-organizer-rack-for-balcony-garden-planters-5-tier.avif?v=1786545497\" alt=\"5 Tiered Tall Corner Plant Stand Multiple Potted Flower Holder Organizer – 5cm, black\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/4-tall-corner-plant-stand-multiple-potted-flower-holder-organizer-rack-for-balcony-garden-planters-5-tier.avif?v=1786545498\" alt=\"5 Tiered Tall Corner Plant Stand Multiple Potted Flower Holder Organizer – black, metal, view 4\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/5-tall-corner-plant-stand-multiple-potted-flower-holder-organizer-rack-for-balcony-garden-planters-5-tier.avif?v=1786545497\" alt=\"5 Tiered Tall Corner Plant Stand Multiple Potted Flower Holder Organizer – metal, 5cm, view 5\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/6-tall-corner-plant-stand-multiple-potted-flower-holder-organizer-rack-for-balcony-garden-planters-5-tier.avif?v=1786545498\" alt=\"5 Tiered Tall Corner Plant Stand Multiple Potted Flower Holder Organizer – 5cm, black, view 6\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Metro Elegance","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44582177767512,"sku":"HJ-XZ1662","price":169.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/tall-corner-plant-stand-multiple-potted-flower-holder-organizer-rack-for-balcony-garden-planters-5-tier-1.avif?v=1786546005"},{"product_id":"6-tiered-metal-flower-pot-display-stand-indoor-outdoor-tall-plant-rack-with-rolling-wheels","title":"6-Tier White Metal Plant Stand with Wheels","description":"\u003csection class=\"product-description product-description--seo-geo\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e6-Tier White Metal Plant Stand with Wheels\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOne-Sentence Product Answer\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA white six-tier metal plant stand on rolling wheels, sized for six pots up to 21 cm in diameter with a stated 8 kg capacity per tier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-description-media\" aria-label=\"Product video and images\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-description-video\"\u003e\u003cvideo controls=\"controls\" style=\"max-width: 100%; height: auto;\"\u003e\n\u003csource src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/videos\/c\/o\/v\/2e460fbe4048444ca2502b61d4c013d1.mp4\" type=\"video\/mp4\"\u003e\nYour browser does not support our video.\n\u003c\/source\u003e\u003c\/video\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-description-images\"\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/1-metal-flower-pot-display-stand-indoor-outdoor-tall-plant-rack-with-rolling-wheels-6-tier.avif?v=1786546323\" alt=\"white six-tier metal flower pot stand with rolling wheels – product view 1\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/2-metal-flower-pot-display-stand-indoor-outdoor-tall-plant-rack-with-rolling-wheels-6-tier.avif?v=1786546323\" alt=\"white six-tier metal flower pot stand with rolling wheels – product view 2\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/3-metal-flower-pot-display-stand-indoor-outdoor-tall-plant-rack-with-rolling-wheels-6-tier.avif?v=1786546323\" alt=\"white six-tier metal flower pot stand with rolling wheels – product view 3\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/4-metal-flower-pot-display-stand-indoor-outdoor-tall-plant-rack-with-rolling-wheels-6-tier.avif?v=1786546323\" alt=\"white six-tier metal flower pot stand with rolling wheels – product view 4\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/5-metal-flower-pot-display-stand-indoor-outdoor-tall-plant-rack-with-rolling-wheels-6-tier.avif?v=1786546323\" alt=\"white six-tier metal flower pot stand with rolling wheels – product view 5\"\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Product?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eArrange six potted plants in a tiered display while keeping the footprint easy to reposition on a suitable level surface. The white metal frame creates a light visual profile, and the 84.5 cm height keeps plants visible without becoming a floor-to-ceiling feature.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSix individual holders give each pot a defined display position.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for pots up to 21 cm in diameter.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEach tier is stated to support up to 8 kg when correctly assembled and evenly loaded.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRolling wheels make it easier to reposition the stand for cleaning or light.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eType: Plant Stand \/ Plant Holder\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of Pots: 6 pots\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable Places: Offices, Living Room, Gardens, Porch, Patio\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Metal Iron\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColor: White\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNet Weight: 3.2kg \/ 7.05 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLoad-bearing Capacity: each 8kg \/ 17.64 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct Dimension L*W*H: 73.5x30.5x84.5 cm \/ 28.94x12x33.27 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBest For\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis product is best for living rooms, offices, porches and covered patios displaying up to six medium pots.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMay Not Be Right For\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt may not suit a space outside the listed dimensions, pots or loads beyond the stated limits, or an installation surface that cannot safely support the product. Measure first and do not rely on the styled images alone for scale.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eChoose the Right Size or Variant\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis listing shows one white six-pot configuration. Check the 73.5 × 30.5 × 84.5 cm overall size and each pot's base diameter before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAssembly, Placement and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMeasure the intended position, access path and surrounding clearance before opening the package.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck every component against the instructions and assemble on a clean, level surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePosition the product on a stable surface or in suitable ground, then distribute pots, plants or stored items evenly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse outdoors only where the listing states outdoor suitability. For timber, bamboo or MDF components, a covered position and protection from prolonged moisture will help reduce avoidable wear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the Package?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1 six-tier metal plant stand with rolling wheels and the supplied assembly components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow do I check whether it will fit?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCompare the assembled dimensions with the available width, depth and height. Include foliage spread, pot diameter, walking clearance and room to assemble or anchor the product.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I use it outdoors?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse outdoors only where the listing states outdoor suitability. For timber, bamboo or MDF components, a covered position and protection from prolonged moisture will help reduce avoidable wear.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eAre plants and decorative pots included?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Plants, pots and styled accessories are not included unless they are explicitly listed in the package contents above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat is the change-of-mind return policy?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eContact Metro Elegance within 14 calendar days of delivery. The customer pays return shipping, and a $20 return fee applies to approved change-of-mind returns. Faulty, damaged, incorrect or not-as-described items remain covered by applicable Australian Consumer Law remedies. Read the current \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003erefund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eExplore Related Collections\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/metal-plant-stand\"\u003eMetal Plant Stands\u003c\/a\u003e · \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/indoor-plant-stand\"\u003eIndoor Plant Stands\u003c\/a\u003e · \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/outdoor-plant-stand\"\u003eOutdoor Plant Stands\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eReady to Choose?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConfirm the measurements, selected option and intended placement, then add 6-Tier Metal Plant Stand with Wheels to your cart when it matches your space. See the \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping policy\u003c\/a\u003e for current delivery information.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Metro Elegance","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44582331285592,"sku":"HJ-XZ1713","price":119.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/metal-flower-pot-display-stand-indoor-outdoor-tall-plant-rack-with-rolling-wheels-6-tier-5.avif?v=1786546544"},{"product_id":"black-9-layer-reinforced-wrought-iron-frame-with-wheel-love-flower-stand-floor-to-ceiling-green-plant-frame-on-the-living-room-balcony","title":"9-Tier Black Wrought Iron Plant Stand with Wheels","description":"\u003csection class=\"product-description product-description--seo-geo\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e9-Tier Black Wrought Iron Plant Stand with Wheels\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOne-Sentence Product Answer\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA black nine-tier wrought-iron plant stand with a heart-inspired floor-standing frame and wheels for a tall indoor or balcony plant display.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-description-media\" aria-label=\"Product video and images\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-description-images\"\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/1-black-9-layer-reinforced-wrought-iron-frame-with-wheel-love-flower-stand-floor-to-ceiling-green-plant-frame-on-the-living-room-balcony.avif?v=1786547235\" alt=\"black nine-tier wrought iron heart-shaped plant stand with wheels – product view 1\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/2-black-9-layer-reinforced-wrought-iron-frame-with-wheel-love-flower-stand-floor-to-ceiling-green-plant-frame-on-the-living-room-balcony.avif?v=1786547235\" alt=\"black nine-tier wrought iron heart-shaped plant stand with wheels – product view 2\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/3-black-9-layer-reinforced-wrought-iron-frame-with-wheel-love-flower-stand-floor-to-ceiling-green-plant-frame-on-the-living-room-balcony.avif?v=1786547235\" alt=\"black nine-tier wrought iron heart-shaped plant stand with wheels – product view 3\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/4-black-9-layer-reinforced-wrought-iron-frame-with-wheel-love-flower-stand-floor-to-ceiling-green-plant-frame-on-the-living-room-balcony.avif?v=1786547235\" alt=\"black nine-tier wrought iron heart-shaped plant stand with wheels – product view 4\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/5-black-9-layer-reinforced-wrought-iron-frame-with-wheel-love-flower-stand-floor-to-ceiling-green-plant-frame-on-the-living-room-balcony.avif?v=1786547235\" alt=\"black nine-tier wrought iron heart-shaped plant stand with wheels – product view 5\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/6-black-9-layer-reinforced-wrought-iron-frame-with-wheel-love-flower-stand-floor-to-ceiling-green-plant-frame-on-the-living-room-balcony.avif?v=1786547234\" alt=\"black nine-tier wrought iron heart-shaped plant stand with wheels – product view 6\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/7-black-9-layer-reinforced-wrought-iron-frame-with-wheel-love-flower-stand-floor-to-ceiling-green-plant-frame-on-the-living-room-balcony.avif?v=1786547235\" alt=\"black nine-tier wrought iron heart-shaped plant stand with wheels – product view 7\"\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Product?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBring many pots together in one decorative vertical arrangement. The tiered, heart-inspired silhouette acts as a feature in its own right, while the wheeled base helps when repositioning the empty or lightly loaded stand for cleaning and styling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNine display levels organise a larger plant collection vertically.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeart-inspired wrought-iron frame creates a decorative focal point.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWheels support easier repositioning on a suitable level surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlack finish coordinates with a wide range of pot colours and interior styles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eType: Floor-standing plant display\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLevels: 9\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial stated in title: Wrought iron\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColour: Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMobility feature: Wheels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBest For\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis product is best for living rooms, balconies and indoor plant areas where a tall decorative display is preferred.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMay Not Be Right For\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt may not suit a space outside the listed dimensions, pots or loads beyond the stated limits, or an installation surface that cannot safely support the product. Measure first and do not rely on the styled images alone for scale.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eChoose the Right Size or Variant\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe source listing does not state alternative sizes. Use the product images to check proportions and ask Metro Elegance if exact dimensions are needed before purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAssembly, Placement and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMeasure the intended position, access path and surrounding clearance before opening the package.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck every component against the instructions and assemble on a clean, level surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePosition the product on a stable surface or in suitable ground, then distribute pots, plants or stored items evenly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse outdoors only where the listing states outdoor suitability. For timber, bamboo or MDF components, a covered position and protection from prolonged moisture will help reduce avoidable wear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the Package?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1 nine-tier wheeled plant stand with the assembly components supplied in the product package.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow do I check whether it will fit?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCompare the assembled dimensions with the available width, depth and height. Include foliage spread, pot diameter, walking clearance and room to assemble or anchor the product.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I use it outdoors?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse outdoors only where the listing states outdoor suitability. For timber, bamboo or MDF components, a covered position and protection from prolonged moisture will help reduce avoidable wear.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eAre plants and decorative pots included?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Plants, pots and styled accessories are not included unless they are explicitly listed in the package contents above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat is the change-of-mind return policy?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eContact Metro Elegance within 14 calendar days of delivery. The customer pays return shipping, and a $20 return fee applies to approved change-of-mind returns. Faulty, damaged, incorrect or not-as-described items remain covered by applicable Australian Consumer Law remedies. Read the current \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003erefund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eExplore Related Collections\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/indoor-plant-stand\"\u003eIndoor Plant Stands\u003c\/a\u003e · \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/metal-plant-stand\"\u003eMetal Plant Stands\u003c\/a\u003e · \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/tall-plant-stand\"\u003eTall Plant Stands\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eReady to Choose?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConfirm the measurements, selected option and intended placement, then add 9-Tier Wrought-Iron Plant Stand with Wheels to your cart when it matches your space. See the \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping policy\u003c\/a\u003e for current delivery information.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Metro Elegance","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44582381191256,"sku":"HJ-ZZ1796","price":159.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/black-9-layer-reinforced-wrought-iron-frame-with-wheel-love-flower-stand-floor-to-ceiling-green-plant-frame-on-the-living-room-balcony.avif?v=1786547455"},{"product_id":"black-outdoor-indoor-pot-plant-stand-garden-metal-3-tier-quarter-round-planter-corner-shelf-display-holder","title":"3-Tier Black Metal Corner Plant Stand for Indoor \u0026 Outdoor Use","description":"\u003csection class=\"product-description product-description--seo-geo\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e3-Tier Black Metal Corner Plant Stand for Indoor \u0026amp; Outdoor Use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOne-Sentence Product Answer\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA black, quarter-round three-tier metal plant stand with a 90-degree corner shape and a stated 20 kg load capacity per tier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-description-media\" aria-label=\"Product video and images\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-description-images\"\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/1-black-outdoor-indoor-pot-plant-stand-garden-metal-3-tier-quarter-round-planter-corner-shelf-display-holder.avif?v=1786553116\" alt=\"black three-tier quarter-round metal corner plant stand – product view 1\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/2-black-outdoor-indoor-pot-plant-stand-garden-metal-3-tier-quarter-round-planter-corner-shelf-display-holder.avif?v=1786553116\" alt=\"black three-tier quarter-round metal corner plant stand – product view 2\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/3-black-outdoor-indoor-pot-plant-stand-garden-metal-3-tier-quarter-round-planter-corner-shelf-display-holder.avif?v=1786553116\" alt=\"black three-tier quarter-round metal corner plant stand – product view 3\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/4-black-outdoor-indoor-pot-plant-stand-garden-metal-3-tier-quarter-round-planter-corner-shelf-display-holder.avif?v=1786553116\" alt=\"black three-tier quarter-round metal corner plant stand – product view 4\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/5-black-outdoor-indoor-pot-plant-stand-garden-metal-3-tier-quarter-round-planter-corner-shelf-display-holder.avif?v=1786553116\" alt=\"black three-tier quarter-round metal corner plant stand – product view 5\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/6-black-outdoor-indoor-pot-plant-stand-garden-metal-3-tier-quarter-round-planter-corner-shelf-display-holder.avif?v=1786553117\" alt=\"black three-tier quarter-round metal corner plant stand – product view 6\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/7-black-outdoor-indoor-pot-plant-stand-garden-metal-3-tier-quarter-round-planter-corner-shelf-display-holder.avif?v=1786553116\" alt=\"black three-tier quarter-round metal corner plant stand – product view 7\"\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Product?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTurn a tight corner into an organised plant display. The fan-shaped frame provides three step-style levels for pots, while the powder-coated black finish and floral detailing add a decorative garden-inspired look indoors or in a suitable outdoor setting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQuarter-round 90-degree profile fits neatly into corners.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThree stepped tiers keep multiple pots visible instead of crowding one shelf.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEach tier is stated to hold up to 20 kg when correctly assembled and evenly loaded.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePowder-coated metal construction is designed for a stable, easy-to-coordinate display.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModel: Ladder \/ 3 Tier\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable Places: Garden, living room, patio, backyard, balcony\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApplication Plants: Scindapsus aureus, donkeys tails, succulents\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Metal Iron\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNet Weight: 3.1 kg \/ 6.8 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight Capacity: Each Tier 20 kg \/ 44 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct Dimension W*H: 22.2x23 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMax load 44 lbs of every shelf.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBest For\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis product is best for corners in living rooms, balconies, patios, porches and garden areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMay Not Be Right For\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt may not suit a space outside the listed dimensions, pots or loads beyond the stated limits, or an installation surface that cannot safely support the product. Measure first and do not rely on the styled images alone for scale.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eChoose the Right Size or Variant\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis listing has one black three-tier configuration. Check the 22.2 × 23 inch overall dimensions and the individual tier measurements against your pots.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAssembly, Placement and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMeasure the intended position, access path and surrounding clearance before opening the package.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck every component against the instructions and assemble on a clean, level surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePosition the product on a stable surface or in suitable ground, then distribute pots, plants or stored items evenly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse outdoors only where the listing states outdoor suitability. For timber, bamboo or MDF components, a covered position and protection from prolonged moisture will help reduce avoidable wear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the Package?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1 three-tier metal plant stand with the assembly components and instructions supplied with the product.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow do I check whether it will fit?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCompare the assembled dimensions with the available width, depth and height. Include foliage spread, pot diameter, walking clearance and room to assemble or anchor the product.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I use it outdoors?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse outdoors only where the listing states outdoor suitability. For timber, bamboo or MDF components, a covered position and protection from prolonged moisture will help reduce avoidable wear.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eAre plants and decorative pots included?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Plants, pots and styled accessories are not included unless they are explicitly listed in the package contents above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat is the change-of-mind return policy?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eContact Metro Elegance within 14 calendar days of delivery. The customer pays return shipping, and a $20 return fee applies to approved change-of-mind returns. Faulty, damaged, incorrect or not-as-described items remain covered by applicable Australian Consumer Law remedies. Read the current \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003erefund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eExplore Related Collections\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/corner-plant-stand\"\u003eCorner Plant Stands\u003c\/a\u003e · \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/metal-plant-stand\"\u003eMetal Plant Stands\u003c\/a\u003e · \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/outdoor-plant-stand\"\u003eOutdoor Plant Stands\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eReady to Choose?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConfirm the measurements, selected option and intended placement, then add 3-Tier Quarter-Round Metal Plant Stand to your cart when it matches your space. See the \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping policy\u003c\/a\u003e for current delivery information.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Metro Elegance","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44583054966872,"sku":"XJJ667-V1","price":119.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/black-outdoor-indoor-pot-plant-stand-garden-metal-3-tier-quarter-round-planter-corner-shelf-display-holder-2.avif?v=1786553636"},{"product_id":"tall-half-moon-metal-plant-stand-7-tiered-flower-display-shelf-indoor-storage-rack-for-home-garden-decor","title":"Tall Half-Moon Metal Plant Stand with 14 Tiers – Black \u0026 Brown","description":"\u003csection class=\"product-description product-description--seo-geo\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eTall Half-Moon Metal Plant Stand with 14 Tiers – Black \u0026amp; Brown\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOne-Sentence Product Answer\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA 165 cm tall half-moon plant display made from metal and MDF, supplied as two matching sections with 14 tiers in total and optional grow lights.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-description-media\" aria-label=\"Product video and images\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-description-video\"\u003e\u003cvideo controls=\"controls\" style=\"max-width: 100%; height: auto;\"\u003e\n\u003csource src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/videos\/c\/o\/v\/6b44570957014df3b8036b53f2654bb6.mp4\" type=\"video\/mp4\"\u003e\nYour browser does not support our video.\n\u003c\/source\u003e\u003c\/video\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-description-images\"\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/1-tall-half-moon-metal-plant-stand-7-tiered-flower-display-shelf-indoor-storage-rack-for-home-garden-decor.avif?v=1786605481\" alt=\"tall black and brown half-moon metal plant stand with multiple tiers – product view 1\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/2-tall-half-moon-metal-plant-stand-7-tiered-flower-display-shelf-indoor-storage-rack-for-home-garden-decor.avif?v=1786605480\" alt=\"tall black and brown half-moon metal plant stand with multiple tiers – product view 2\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/3-tall-half-moon-metal-plant-stand-7-tiered-flower-display-shelf-indoor-storage-rack-for-home-garden-decor.avif?v=1786605481\" alt=\"tall black and brown half-moon metal plant stand with multiple tiers – product view 3\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/4-tall-half-moon-metal-plant-stand-7-tiered-flower-display-shelf-indoor-storage-rack-for-home-garden-decor.avif?v=1786605481\" alt=\"tall black and brown half-moon metal plant stand with multiple tiers – product view 4\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/5-tall-half-moon-metal-plant-stand-7-tiered-flower-display-shelf-indoor-storage-rack-for-home-garden-decor.avif?v=1786605481\" alt=\"tall black and brown half-moon metal plant stand with multiple tiers – product view 5\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/6-tall-half-moon-metal-plant-stand-7-tiered-flower-display-shelf-indoor-storage-rack-for-home-garden-decor.avif?v=1786605481\" alt=\"tall black and brown half-moon metal plant stand with multiple tiers – product view 6\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/7-tall-half-moon-metal-plant-stand-7-tiered-flower-display-shelf-indoor-storage-rack-for-home-garden-decor.avif?v=1786605481\" alt=\"tall black and brown half-moon metal plant stand with multiple tiers – product view 7\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/8-tall-half-moon-metal-plant-stand-7-tiered-flower-display-shelf-indoor-storage-rack-for-home-garden-decor.avif?v=1786605481\" alt=\"tall black and brown half-moon metal plant stand with multiple tiers – product view 8\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/9-tall-half-moon-metal-plant-stand-7-tiered-flower-display-shelf-indoor-storage-rack-for-home-garden-decor.avif?v=1786605481\" alt=\"tall black and brown half-moon metal plant stand with multiple tiers – product view 9\"\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Product?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBuild a symmetrical feature around a window, doorway or focal wall, or separate the two half-circle sections to suit your room. Fourteen tiers create space for a varied plant collection while the narrow 26 cm depth helps keep the display close to the wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTwo half-circle stands can frame a feature or work as separate vertical displays.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFourteen tiers in total create a layered home for pots of different heights.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe 100 × 26 × 165 cm overall form balances display capacity with a narrow depth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlack metal and brown MDF give the stand a coordinated industrial finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eType: Plant Stand\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShape: Half Circle Shape\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFeature: Multifunctional, Decorative\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable Places: Offices, Living Room, Gardens, Porch, Patio\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModel: Multilayer \/ 14 tiers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterials: 56% MDF Board + 44% Metal Iron\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColor: Black \u0026amp; Brown\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNet Weight: 15.0kg \/ 33.07 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct Dimension L * W *H: 100x26x165 cm \/ 39.37x10.24x64.96 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBest For\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis product is best for living rooms, offices, balconies and covered patios that need a tall, decorative plant display.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMay Not Be Right For\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt may not suit a space outside the listed dimensions, pots or loads beyond the stated limits, or an installation surface that cannot safely support the product. Measure first and do not rely on the styled images alone for scale.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eChoose the Right Size or Variant\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose Without Lights (HJ-XZ2241) for naturally bright spaces or With Lights (HJ-XZ2241-LD) where added plant illumination is preferred.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAssembly, Placement and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMeasure the intended position, access path and surrounding clearance before opening the package.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck every component against the instructions and assemble on a clean, level surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePosition the product on a stable surface or in suitable ground, then distribute pots, plants or stored items evenly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse outdoors only where the listing states outdoor suitability. For timber, bamboo or MDF components, a covered position and protection from prolonged moisture will help reduce avoidable wear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the Package?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2 half-circle metal plant stands, 1 installation guide and 1 screw set. The grow-light components depend on the selected style.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow do I check whether it will fit?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCompare the assembled dimensions with the available width, depth and height. Include foliage spread, pot diameter, walking clearance and room to assemble or anchor the product.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I use it outdoors?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse outdoors only where the listing states outdoor suitability. For timber, bamboo or MDF components, a covered position and protection from prolonged moisture will help reduce avoidable wear.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eAre plants and decorative pots included?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Plants, pots and styled accessories are not included unless they are explicitly listed in the package contents above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat is the change-of-mind return policy?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eContact Metro Elegance within 14 calendar days of delivery. The customer pays return shipping, and a $20 return fee applies to approved change-of-mind returns. Faulty, damaged, incorrect or not-as-described items remain covered by applicable Australian Consumer Law remedies. Read the current \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003erefund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eExplore Related Collections\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/indoor-plant-stand\"\u003eIndoor Plant Stands\u003c\/a\u003e · \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/tall-plant-stand\"\u003eTall Plant Stands\u003c\/a\u003e · \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/metal-plant-stand\"\u003eMetal Plant Stands\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eReady to Choose?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConfirm the measurements, selected option and intended placement, then add Tall Half-Moon Metal Plant Stand to your cart when it matches your space. See the \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping policy\u003c\/a\u003e for current delivery information.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eType: Plant Stand\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShape: Half Circle Shape\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFeature: Multifunctional, Decorative\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable Places: Offices, Living Room, Gardens, Porch, Patio\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModel: Multilayer \/ 14 tiers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterials: 56% MDF Board + 44% Metal Iron\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColor: Black \u0026amp; Brown\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNet Weight: 15.0kg \/ 33.07 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct Dimension L * W *H: 100x26x165 cm \/ 39.37x10.24x64.96 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePackage Size: 89.5x30.5x20 cm \/ 35.24x12.01x7.87 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShipping Weight: 16.70kg \/ 36.82 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage Included:\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e2 x Half Circle Metal Plant Stands\u003cbr\u003e1 x Installation Guide\u003cbr\u003e1 x Screws (set)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cvideo controls=\"controls\" style=\"max-width: 100%; height: auto;\"\u003e\n\u003csource src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/videos\/c\/o\/v\/6b44570957014df3b8036b53f2654bb6.mp4\" type=\"video\/mp4\"\u003e\nYour browser does not support our video.\n\u003c\/source\u003e\u003c\/video\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/1-tall-half-moon-metal-plant-stand-7-tiered-flower-display-shelf-indoor-storage-rack-for-home-garden-decor.avif?v=1786605481\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/2-tall-half-moon-metal-plant-stand-7-tiered-flower-display-shelf-indoor-storage-rack-for-home-garden-decor.avif?v=1786605480\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/3-tall-half-moon-metal-plant-stand-7-tiered-flower-display-shelf-indoor-storage-rack-for-home-garden-decor.avif?v=1786605481\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/4-tall-half-moon-metal-plant-stand-7-tiered-flower-display-shelf-indoor-storage-rack-for-home-garden-decor.avif?v=1786605481\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/5-tall-half-moon-metal-plant-stand-7-tiered-flower-display-shelf-indoor-storage-rack-for-home-garden-decor.avif?v=1786605481\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/6-tall-half-moon-metal-plant-stand-7-tiered-flower-display-shelf-indoor-storage-rack-for-home-garden-decor.avif?v=1786605481\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/7-tall-half-moon-metal-plant-stand-7-tiered-flower-display-shelf-indoor-storage-rack-for-home-garden-decor.avif?v=1786605481\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/8-tall-half-moon-metal-plant-stand-7-tiered-flower-display-shelf-indoor-storage-rack-for-home-garden-decor.avif?v=1786605481\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/9-tall-half-moon-metal-plant-stand-7-tiered-flower-display-shelf-indoor-storage-rack-for-home-garden-decor.avif?v=1786605481\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Metro Elegance","offers":[{"title":"Without Lights","offer_id":44591312142424,"sku":"HJ-XZ2241","price":315.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"With Lights","offer_id":44591312175192,"sku":"HJ-XZ2241- LD","price":338.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/tall-half-moon-metal-plant-stand-7-tiered-flower-display-shelf-indoor-storage-rack-for-home-garden-decor-1.avif?v=1786606003"},{"product_id":"tall-corner-plant-stand-with-grow-lights-industrial-multiple-shelves-display-organizer-flowers-rack","title":"Tall Metal Corner Plant Stand, Optional Grow Lights – Black \u0026 Brown","description":"\u003csection class=\"product-description product-description--seo-geo\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eTall Metal Corner Plant Stand, Optional Grow Lights – Black \u0026amp; Brown\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOne-Sentence Product Answer\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA 165 cm tall, tree-shaped black-and-brown plant stand that combines multiple display tiers with an optional 6W LED grow-light configuration for compact corners.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-description-media\" aria-label=\"Product video and images\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-description-video\"\u003e\u003cvideo controls=\"controls\" style=\"max-width: 100%; height: auto;\"\u003e\n\u003csource src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/videos\/c\/o\/v\/8603ff387692467bb5da8c562c15111d.mp4\" type=\"video\/mp4\"\u003e\nYour browser does not support our video.\n\u003c\/source\u003e\u003c\/video\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-description-images\"\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/1-tall-corner-plant-stand-with-grow-lights-industrial-multiple-shelves-display-organizer-flowers-rack.avif?v=1786606605\" alt=\"tall black and brown corner plant stand with grow lights – product view 1\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/2-tall-corner-plant-stand-with-grow-lights-industrial-multiple-shelves-display-organizer-flowers-rack.avif?v=1786606606\" alt=\"tall black and brown corner plant stand with grow lights – product view 2\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/3-tall-corner-plant-stand-with-grow-lights-industrial-multiple-shelves-display-organizer-flowers-rack.avif?v=1786606605\" alt=\"tall black and brown corner plant stand with grow lights – product view 3\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/4-tall-corner-plant-stand-with-grow-lights-industrial-multiple-shelves-display-organizer-flowers-rack.avif?v=1786606605\" alt=\"tall black and brown corner plant stand with grow lights – product view 4\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/5-tall-corner-plant-stand-with-grow-lights-industrial-multiple-shelves-display-organizer-flowers-rack.avif?v=1786606605\" alt=\"tall black and brown corner plant stand with grow lights – product view 5\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/6-tall-corner-plant-stand-with-grow-lights-industrial-multiple-shelves-display-organizer-flowers-rack.avif?v=1786606605\" alt=\"tall black and brown corner plant stand with grow lights – product view 6\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/7-tall-corner-plant-stand-with-grow-lights-industrial-multiple-shelves-display-organizer-flowers-rack.avif?v=1786606605\" alt=\"tall black and brown corner plant stand with grow lights – product view 7\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/8-tall-corner-plant-stand-with-grow-lights-industrial-multiple-shelves-display-organizer-flowers-rack.avif?v=1786606605\" alt=\"tall black and brown corner plant stand with grow lights – product view 8\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/9-tall-corner-plant-stand-with-grow-lights-industrial-multiple-shelves-display-organizer-flowers-rack.avif?v=1786606605\" alt=\"tall black and brown corner plant stand with grow lights – product view 9\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/10-tall-corner-plant-stand-with-grow-lights-industrial-multiple-shelves-display-organizer-flowers-rack.avif?v=1786606605\" alt=\"tall black and brown corner plant stand with grow lights – product view 10\"\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Product?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse vertical space to create a layered plant display without giving up a wide section of floor. The curved metal frame and MDF shelves organise pots at different heights, while the light-equipped option adds warm 3000K LED illumination where natural light is limited.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTree-shaped, multi-tier layout turns an unused corner into a vertical plant display.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlack metal and brown MDF create an industrial look suited to contemporary interiors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe light-equipped version uses a 6W, DC5V LED rated at 400 lm, 3000K and CRI Ra ≥80.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA 60 × 30 cm footprint provides display height while keeping the base relatively compact.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eType: Plant Stand\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShape: Tree-shaped\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFeature: Multiple Tiers, With Plant Grow Light\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable Places: Offices, Living Room, Gardens, Porch, Patio\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterials: 33% MDF Board + 67% Metal Iron\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColor: Black \u0026amp; Brown\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColor Temperature: 3000K\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColour Rendering(CRl)Ra: ≥80\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNet Weight: 10 kg \/ 22.05 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct Dimension L*W*H: total 60x30x165 cm \/ 23.62x11.81x64.96 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBest For\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis product is best for living rooms, offices, covered patios and plant corners where vertical display space and an optional grow light are useful.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMay Not Be Right For\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt may not suit a space outside the listed dimensions, pots or loads beyond the stated limits, or an installation surface that cannot safely support the product. Measure first and do not rely on the styled images alone for scale.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eChoose the Right Size or Variant\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose Without Lights (HJ-XZ2242) if the position already receives suitable light, or With Lights (HJ-XZ2242-LD) for the included USB grow light.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAssembly, Placement and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMeasure the intended position, access path and surrounding clearance before opening the package.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck every component against the instructions and assemble on a clean, level surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePosition the product on a stable surface or in suitable ground, then distribute pots, plants or stored items evenly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse outdoors only where the listing states outdoor suitability. For timber, bamboo or MDF components, a covered position and protection from prolonged moisture will help reduce avoidable wear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the Package?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1 tree-shaped plant stand, 1 USB plant grow light, 1 installation guide and 1 screw set. Confirm the selected variant at checkout.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow do I check whether it will fit?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCompare the assembled dimensions with the available width, depth and height. Include foliage spread, pot diameter, walking clearance and room to assemble or anchor the product.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I use it outdoors?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse outdoors only where the listing states outdoor suitability. For timber, bamboo or MDF components, a covered position and protection from prolonged moisture will help reduce avoidable wear.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eAre plants and decorative pots included?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Plants, pots and styled accessories are not included unless they are explicitly listed in the package contents above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat is the change-of-mind return policy?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eContact Metro Elegance within 14 calendar days of delivery. The customer pays return shipping, and a $20 return fee applies to approved change-of-mind returns. Faulty, damaged, incorrect or not-as-described items remain covered by applicable Australian Consumer Law remedies. Read the current \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003erefund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eExplore Related Collections\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/corner-plant-stand\"\u003eCorner Plant Stands\u003c\/a\u003e · \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/indoor-plant-stand\"\u003eIndoor Plant Stands\u003c\/a\u003e · \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/metal-plant-stand\"\u003eMetal Plant Stands\u003c\/a\u003e · \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/tall-plant-stand\"\u003eTall Plant Stands\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eReady to Choose?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConfirm the measurements, selected option and intended placement, then add Tall Corner Plant Stand with Grow Lights to your cart when it matches your space. See the \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping policy\u003c\/a\u003e for current delivery information.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Metro Elegance","offers":[{"title":"Without Lights","offer_id":44591349366872,"sku":"HJ-XZ2242","price":225.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"With Lights","offer_id":44591349399640,"sku":"HJ-XZ2242-LD","price":250.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0595\/6743\/9960\/files\/tall-corner-plant-stand-with-grow-lights-industrial-multiple-shelves-display-organizer-flowers-rack-1.avif?v=1786607128"}],"url":"https:\/\/metroelegance.com.au\/collections\/plant-stands.oembed","provider":"Metro Elegance","version":"1.0","type":"link"}